Quarterlytics / Industrials / Integrated Freight & Logistics / Hargreaves Services Plc

Hargreaves Services Plc

hsp · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker hsp
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Integrated Freight & Logistics
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Hargreaves Services Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Hargreaves Services plc

About us

Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The value proposition of Hargreaves 
Services plc is built on creating, 
delivering and realising value from its 
three business pillars of Services, 
Hargreaves Land and its investment in 
its German joint venture.

Hargreaves operations 
are managed across the 
following structure:

Hargreaves Raw  
Material Services 
Trades in specialist 
commodity markets and 
owns DK Recycling, a 
specialist recycler of steel 
waste material.

Services
Services provides critical 
support to many core 
industries including Energy, 
Environmental, UK 
Infrastructure and certain 
industries through the 
provision of materials 
handling, mechanical and 
electrical contracting 
services, logistics and major 
earthmoving.

Land
Hargreaves Land is focused 
on the sustainable 
development of brownfield 
sites for both residential  
and commercial purposes.

Read more at www.hsgplc.co.uk

1. Strategic Report

3. Financial statements 

Highlights of the Year
Chair’s Statement
Chief Executive’s Review

1 
2 
4 
6  Operating Review
11  Financial Review
13  Audit & Risk Committee Report
15  Risk Management
18     Environmental, Social and Governance

2. Directors’ Report 

24  Board of Directors
26  Directors’ Report
31  Corporate Governance
36  Remuneration Report
40 

 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Independent Auditors’ Report 
41 
48  Consolidated Statement of Profit and 

Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

50  Group and Parent Company Balance 

Sheets 

52  Group and Parent Company Statements 

of Changes in Equity

54  Group and Parent Company Cash Flow 

Statements 

56  Notes (forming part of the financial 

statements)

100  Alternative Performance Measure 

Glossary

101  Notice of Annual General Meeting 

– Hargreaves Services plc
106  Shareholder Information 

Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Highlights of the Year

1

1

2

3

4

Revenue up 
18.9% to £211.5m 
up from £177.9m

Strong balance 
sheet - net assets 
of £201.0m up 
from £179.8m

Full year 
dividend of  
21.0p proposed 
compared with 
20.4p

Renewable 
Energy Land 
Assets valued  
at minimum 
£21.6m

Trading

Services

Hargreaves  
Land

German  
Joint venture

Balance  
Sheet

Dividend

•  Revenue of £211.5m (2022: £177.9m)
•  Underlying* Profit before Tax (“UBPT”) of £27.3m (2022: £30.4m**)
•  Basic underlying* EPS from continuing operations of 86.3p (2022: 96.1p**)

•  Revenue increased by 23.4% to £200.9m (2022: £162.8m) 
•  Services UPBT* increased to £12.3m from £7.6m 
• 

 More than ten new term service and framework contracts entered into in the year

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

 Contracts exchanged in the year on land with £190m of Gross Development Value (“GDV”)
 Renewable energy land portfolio independently valued at a minimum of £15m above 
book value

 Good trading performance with the Group’s share of Profit after Tax of £15.5m  
(2022: £25.0m**)
 Softer commodity market conditions 

 Cash and cash equivalents of £21.9m (2022: £13.8m) 
 Net Asset Value* per share at 31 May 2023 of £6.18 per share (2022: £5.53**)

 Final dividend increase of 7.1% to 6.0p (2022: 5.4p) and additional dividend of 12p  
(2022: 12p) proposed

Notes: 
*  Underlying Profit before Tax and Net Asset Value are defined in the Alternative Performance Measure Glossary.
**     The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and prior years. 
The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share of profit in 
joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportFinancial Statements2

Chair’s Statement

Nigel Halkes FCA,  
Acting Group Chair

The Group has remained 
focused on its strategy to 
create, deliver and realise 
value for shareholders”

Strategic Focus
The Group has remained focused on its 
strategy to create, deliver and realise value for 
shareholders. Over recent years progress has 
been made on the creation of value 
opportunities, notably the winning of new 
Services contracts and by identifying 
opportunities for renewable energy assets on 
some of our land which has limited alternative 
development potential. Additionally, the Group 
has delivered high quality trading results 
highlighted by solid organic growth within 
Services. On 25 July 2023, I announced that the 
Board has identified opportunities for value 
realisation, as set out below:

Renewable Energy Land Asset 
Valuation and Realisation Plan
A key focus over the last few years has been 
the identification of several thousand acres of 
the Group’s land which is now under lease to 
third parties for the construction of wind farms 
as well as other renewable energy assets and 
the granting of access to third party wind farm 
projects. Collectively, these have the potential 
to generate over 700MW of clean electricity.  
The Group has rights to receive index linked 
ground rents from these assets, most of which 
are linked to the underlying price of the 
electricity they generate.

The first wind farm on our land became 
operational earlier this year at Dalquhandy. 
Similar land assets within the renewable land 
portfolio have increasing index linked rental 
income coming on stream over the next few 
years resulting in a growing and meaningful 
annual return to the Group. Most of these 
renewable energy land assets have planning 
permission and approved dates for grid 
connections, significantly de-risking the 
projected income profile.

We have recently commissioned the first 
independent valuation of these renewable 
energy land assets by Jones Lang LaSalle 
Limited (“JLL”). This review has placed a Market 
Value Today*** in the range of between 
£21.6m and £23.1m on these assets as at 
30 June 2023 with a Market Value at 
Commissioning of Development (“COD”)*** 
expectation in the range of £27.2m to £28.9m 
for when the assets commence generation, 
which is at various points over the period to 
January 2027. The board intends to commission 
this valuation on an annual basis. These 
investment property assets are held on the 
Balance Sheet at an historic cost of £6.6m, 
resulting in a substantial gain to be realised. 
These assets exclude the Westfield site where 
an Energy from Waste (“EfW”) plant is being 
constructed by a third party. 

It is the intention of the Board to realise the 
value of these renewable energy land assets 
over the next five years in an orderly manner 
and to repatriate proceeds to shareholders. 
This is a clear demonstration of the Group’s 
strategy to create, deliver and then realise value 
for shareholders and I am pleased that this 
particular initiative is now moving into the 
realisation phase.

Pension Schemes
The Group currently pays £1.9m per annum in 
deficit reduction contributions relating to two 
legacy defined benefit pension schemes. 
Recent movements in gilt yields and the 
underlying performance of scheme assets 
have substantially narrowed the gap between 
scheme assets and liabilities. The Board 
estimates that a figure in the region of £15m 
would be sufficient to buy out these schemes 
and transfer the liabilities to an appropriate 
insurer. I can confirm that the Group has now 

instructed the Trustees of the schemes to 
progress towards a full buy out of the liability, 
subject to obtaining satisfactory terms from 
the insurance market. This may take up to 
18 months to complete. The Board expects this 
will be funded from existing cash resources.

Financial Results
I am pleased to report another strong set of 
results for the Group. Underlying Profit before 
Tax (“UPBT”)** was £27.3m (2022: £30.4m*), 
£3.1m lower than the prior year due to the 
expected and previously announced reduction 
in profitability from the Group’s investment in 
the German joint venture, Hargreaves Raw 
Material Services GmbH (“HRMS”) due to the 
anticipated reduction in commodity prices from 
elevated levels recorded in the previous year.

Whilst the contribution from HRMS has fallen 
from £25.0m to £15.5m*, a reduction of £9.5m, 
both the Services business and Hargreaves 
Land have seen substantial growth in profits to 
mitigate the softening commodity markets 
which have impacted the German business.

Group EBITDA** grew by 60.3% to £21.8m 
(2022: £13.6m), driven by improved 
performance within Services. Profit before Tax 
from Continuing Operations was £27.2m (2022: 
£32.2m*). Basic underlying earnings per share 
from continuing operations** was 86.3p (2022: 
96.1p*). Basic earnings per share was 85.9p 
(2022: 106.6p*).

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 20233

The Group has maintained momentum it has built over 
the last few years and has demonstrated its resilience 
particularly within the Services operations”

Cash and leasing debt
On 31 May 2023 the Group held cash in the 
bank of £21.9m (2022: £13.8m). The increase in 
cash compared with the prior year is 
predominantly due to the repayment of a 
£15m loan from HRMS, which was advanced in 
the prior year to allow the joint venture to 
maximise profits from the temporary boom in 
commodity prices. 

The Group’s debt relates solely to leasing 
arrangements for the acquisition of fixed 
assets. At the year end the balance of the debt 
was £36.4m (2022: £18.4m). The increase relates 
to the investment in plant and machinery 
required to undertake the earthmoving works 
on the HS2 contract. 

Dividend
In April 2023, the Group paid an interim 
dividend of 3.0p, which was an increase of 7.1% 
on the prior year. The Group has continued to 
trade well throughout the second half of the 
year and the Board is proposing a final 
dividend of 6.0p (2022: 5.6p) taking the full year 
underlying dividend to 9.0p (2022: 8.4p) which 
represents an increase of 7.1%.

In addition to the final dividend of 6.0p, the 
Board is also proposing an additional dividend 
of 12.0p per share (2022: 12.0p) relating to cash 

to be repatriated from HRMS. This, combined 
with the full year underlying dividend of 9.0p, 
takes the total dividend to 21.0p (2022: 20.4p), 
an overall increase of 2.9%.

If approved at the Annual General Meeting, the 
final dividend of 6.0p and the additional 
dividend of 12.0p will be paid on 30 October 
2023 to all shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 22 September 2023. The 
shares will become ex-dividend on 
21 September 2023.

Board changes
As previously announced, Roger McDowell has 
taken a temporary sabbatical for personal 
reasons from the beginning of June 2023 and 
I have assumed his responsibility as Chair until 
his return, which is anticipated to be in 
September 2023. Also as reported previously, 
John Samuel has informed the Board of his 
intention to step down as Group Finance 
Director to pursue other opportunities. He will 
be succeeded as Group Finance Director by 
Stephen Craigen (39), Group Financial 
Controller, with effect from 9 August 2023, the 
date on which John will leave the Board. 
Stephen joined the Board on 1 August 2023. 
David Hankin, a qualified solicitor and in house 
Legal Counsel, will be appointed Company 
Secretary on 9 August 2023.

Outlook
The Group has maintained the momentum it 
has built over the last few years and has 
demonstrated its resilience, particularly within 
the Services operations, in the face of a 
challenging economic environment. The 
Balance Sheet remains free from bank debt and 
third party security and continues to provide a 
strong and stable platform for growth. 

The outlook for the Group’s trading activities 
for the coming year and beyond is strong with 
70% of expected revenue for the year in the 
Services business already secured and with 
Hargreaves Land having exchanged 
unconditional contracts for a large plot at 
Blindwells which is scheduled to complete in 
January 2024. 

Furthermore, the realisation plans for certain 
renewable energy land assets has the potential 
to deliver substantial incremental value for 
shareholders over the next few years.

Nigel Halkes FCA
Acting Chair
8 August 2023

*  

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and prior years. 
The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share of profit in 
joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

**    The basis of Underlying profit before tax, EBITDA and basic underlying EPS is set out in the Alternative Performance Measures Glossary.
***   Valuation definitions

 Market Value Today – Market Value Today takes the Market Value at COD and applies an appropriate reduction to reflect the inherent risk of delivery that would likely arise between a 
willing buyer and a willing seller based on the circumstances as they were at 30 June 2023.
 Market Value at COD – represents the price at which the portfolio would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and 
both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
 
4

Chief Executive’s Review

Gordon Banham,  
Group Chief Executive 

A key aspect of the Services 
business unit is its resilience 
and stability, which is 
derived from its strong 
contract base with high 
quality customers”

Services
The Services business delivered a 23.4% 
increase in revenue to £200.9m (2022: £162.8m), 
due in the most part to the increase in activity 
on the HS2 contract which accounted for 
£20.5m of the increase. The remaining increase 
has come from mechanical and electrical 
engineering project works, which is an area of 
the business which has performed particularly 
well in the year, and from growth in industrial 
services in Hong Kong.

The business unit recorded an UPBT of £12.3m 
(2022: £7.6m), an increase of over 60% on the 
prior year. This included a non-recurring profit 
of £3.2m from the disposal of certain plant and 
equipment. The remaining growth of £1.5m 
represents an underlying improvement of 
19.7% year on year. 

HS2
The year ended 31 May 2023 represented the 
first full year of operations on HS2, which 
commenced in the second half of the previous 
financial year. Revenue from activities on HS2 
was £54.1m in the year (2022: £33.6m), which 
represents 26.9% (2022: 20.6%) of the total 
Services revenue.

The Group is contracted to the Eiffage Kier 
Ferrovial BAM joint venture (“EKFB”) to carry out 
the major earthworks on the C2/3 sections of 
HS2, predominantly in Buckinghamshire. I am 
pleased to report that the contract has 
performed very well in the year, with all 
required plant and machinery now acquired 
and on site and at peak operations over 400 
workers were at the location. In addition to 
earthmoving, the Group has supplied EKFB 
with a 650m, five section conveyor to facilitate 
the removal of surplus material in a highly 
efficient way and contributing to a substantial 
reduction in carbon emissions.

Continued contract success
A key aspect of the Services business unit is its 
resilience and stability, which is derived from its 
strong contract base with high quality 
customers. During the last financial year we 
have seen more success in this area as the 
Services business has signed more than ten 
term and framework contracts. These contract 
wins have taken the total number of term and 
framework contracts within the Services 
business to over 60, which provides an 
excellent underpin for the Group. These 
contracts secure approximately 70% of 
expected revenue for the year ending 
31 May 2024. Additionally, the Services business 
has excellent growth opportunities in a 
number of major infrastructure projects, 
including Lower Thames Crossing and Sizewell 
C, alongside further mechanical engineering 
works for industrial clients.

Additionally, the Services business has good 
resilience to the current inflationary pressures. 
Most term contracts include a form of price 
escalation, particularly in relation to fuel 
increases for our logistics operations. The main 
HS2 contract is a target cost reimbursable fee 
arrangement so that increases in defined costs 
are recovered. With inflation in the UK rising 
rapidly and persisting over the past 12 months, 
the business has seen the benefit of these 
clauses in mitigating the impact of such risks.

The Group continues to monitor the situation 
at Tungsten West plc (“TW”) regarding the 
tungsten mine in Devon. As previously 
reported, Hargreaves has a strong contractual 
position with TW which would provide the 
potential for substantial growth should TW be 
successful in raising sufficient funds to 
commence mining activities. The recent 
announcement by TW regarding their raising 
of funds ensured the receipt of the annual £1m 
fee, which was paid as due in June 2023. 

The future of the project remains dependent 
on TW raising substantial additional monies. 
The Group remains in close contact with TW.

Hargreaves Land
Hargreaves Land recorded revenue of £10.6m 
(2022: £15.1m) and a Profit before Tax of £3.9m 
(2022: £2.1m) for the year. This represents an 
increase of 86% over the prior year, which is 
reflective of the business converting several 
development opportunities in the year. 
Despite this increase in profitability, the result is 
somewhat lower than the Board was 
anticipating earlier in the year as uncertainty 
over the housing market resulted in certain 
sales being delayed into the new financial year.

Our flagship project at Blindwells has been the 
most impacted by these delays, however, I am 
pleased to announce that we have exchanged 
unconditional contracts for the sale of a 20 acre 
plot to Avant Homes (Scotland) Limited for 
consideration of £18.5m. The sale is scheduled to 
complete in January 2024 with payments 
structured into four equal instalments over a three 
year period, with the first payable on completion.

The Board considers the delays experienced in 
the year to be reflective of the wider slowdown 
in the housebuilding market and therefore will 
only represent a timing delay on the project. 
The Board remains confident that the overall 
profitability of the scheme is not materially 
affected. The site remains a long term, regular 
profit stream for Hargreaves Land, with Phase 1 
expected to be completed by 2032. Once 
Phase 1 is completed, there is a second Phase 
for which outline planning for a further 1,400 
homes on land owned by the Group is 
currently being progressed.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 20235

£’m

Revenue (2023)
Revenue (2022)

Underlying Profit/(loss) before Tax** (2023)
Underlying Profit/(loss) before Tax* (2022)

Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations (2023)
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations *(2022)

Services

200.9
162.8

12.3
7.6

12.2
9.4

Hargreaves  
Land

HRMS

Unallocated

10.6
15.1

3.9
2.1

3.9
2.1

-
-

15.5
25.0

15.5
25.0

-
-

(4.4)
(4.3)

(4.4)
(4.3)

Total

211.5
177.9

27.3
30.4

27.2
32.2

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and prior 
years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share 
of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

**    The basis of Underlying profit before tax and basic underlying EPS is set out in the Alternative Performance Measures Glossary .

land assets have planning permission and 
approved dates for grid connections, significantly 
de-risking the projected income profile.

reduction, the comparison with two years ago 
is more relevant as market conditions then 
were more comparable to today. 

Progress has continued at Unity in Yorkshire, with 
construction on one of the major logistics units, 
which was announced last year, progressing well. 
The Unity joint venture remains independently 
funded without recourse to Hargreaves.

Pipeline
A key strength of the Hargreaves Land 
business is the size and quality of its pipeline 
of development opportunities with significant 
progress having been made during the last 
twelve months. In the year ended 
31 May 2023 Hargreaves Land exchanged 
contracts on schemes with a combined GDV 
of over £190m, which is anticipated to deliver 
returns in excess of 15%.

These opportunities are spread across the 
residential, commercial and logistics sectors, 
which ensures that the business does not 
become over reliant on any particular industry 
segment. Additionally, these arrangements 
form part of the capital light model that the 
business is adopting for future schemes, 
removing the need for material investment 
into assets to be held for long periods.

The renewable energy land portfolio continues 
to be an area of great focus for the Board. We 
have seen the first independent valuation of 
the portfolio undertaken in the year by JLL, 
which has provided a Market Value at COD of 
over £27m for all existing renewable energy 
schemes, excluding the Westfield site, where a 
third party is constructing an EfW plant. The 
Board is committed to ensuring that the value 
created within the Group is optimised, realised 
and then repatriated to shareholders over the 
coming years.

In addition to the renewable energy land 
assets which are well progressed, the Group 
continues to look at longer term opportunities 
for renewable energy projects on its land. 
There are a further nine schemes under 
discussion which could generate over 800MW 
of energy. These schemes are medium term 
growth opportunities. 

Pipeline Summary

Number of sites

Residential plots

Square Footage
(Commercial)

Estimated GDV 

Residential (planning allocated)

Residential (planning promotion)

Commercial (planning allocated)

6

7

6

5,700

2,850

n/a

n/a

n/a

5,700,000

£200m

£120m

£620m

Renewables Energy Land Assets
The Group continues to act as a landlord for 
several wind farm and other renewable 
energy assets, which could generate over 
700MW of clean electricity. The first wind farm 
on our land became operational earlier this 
year at Dalquhandy. The remaining similar 
land assets have increasing rental income 
streams which are due to come on board over 
the next few years. These renewable energy 

HRMS
The Group’s share of post-tax profits from 
HRMS was £15.5m (2022: £25.0m*) which is a 
reduction of 38%. The corresponding 
contribution for the year ended 31 May 2021 
was £13.6m, which demonstrates that the joint 
venture has made the most of the high 
commodity prices observed throughout late 
2021 and 2022 and that the market has 
returned to more normal levels. Despite this 

The trading business has seen a 38% reduction 
in total traded volume from 1,637kt to 1,020kt 
in the current year coupled with a reduction in 
commodity prices.  This softening of 
commodity prices and reduction in volumes 
has meant a reduction in the level of working 
capital that HRMS requires. As such HRMS has 
been able to repay the £15m short term 
working capital loan that the Group provided 
in the previous financial year. At present there 
is no further requirement for funding to be 
provided by the Group to HRMS. The Board 
expects further cash repatriation from HRMS as 
inventory levels reduce in the trading business.

The Carbon Pulverisation Plant (“CPP”) continues 
to breakeven as it has done since it was 
completed. It remains fully operational but is not 
expected to move into profitability until year 
ending 31 May 2025 at the earliest as it is 
impacted by the economic uncertainties within 
the German economy which have delayed the 
expected transition away from brown lignite coal.

In DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH (“DK”), zinc, 
which is an important output, has fallen from 
peaks of over $4,500 per tonne in April 2022 to 
around $2,400 today, reducing profitability.

Summary
Hargreaves has continued to trade well despite 
challenging economic conditions both in the UK 
and Europe. The business has a strong balance 
sheet, from which we remain focused on 
unlocking and realising value for shareholders 
and I look to the future with optimism.

Gordon Banham
Group Chief Executive
8 August 2023

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements6

Operating Review

Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Each business has reasons to look 
forward to a bright future with 
opportunities for growth.

Overview
The Group has three core pillars of Services, 
Hargreaves Land and its investment in 
HRMS. Each sector has a clearly defined 
target market and service offering, with a 
distinct and clear geographical focus.

The Group is managed in these three pillars 
as they are each distinct from each other 
with limited interaction. 

Services

Hargreaves Land

HRMS

Revenue 2023

£200.9m 

 £162.8m 2022

UPBT 2023

£12.3m

 £7.6m 2022

Key markets
•  Energy
•  Environmental
Infrastructure
• 
Industrial
• 

Revenue 2023

£10.6m

 £15.1m 2022

UPBT 2023

£3.9m

 £2.1m 2022

Key markets
•  Mixed use, residential and commercial
•  Renewable energy land

Geographical focus
•  UK and South East Asia

Geographical focus
•  Scotland and North of England

Services provided
•  Materials handling
•  Mechanical and electrical engineering
•  Bulk logistics
•  Major earthmoving
•  Environmental land improvement

Services provided
•  Multi-phase master developer
•  Land promotion
•  Commercial and logistics 

development

•  Land suitable for renewable 

energy assets

UPBT 2023

£15.5m

 £25.0m* 2022

Key markets
•  Steel 
•  Cement 
Industrial
• 

Geographical focus
•  Germany 
•  Rest of Europe

Services provided
•  Mineral trading
•  Steel waste recycling
•  Pig Iron and Zinc production
•  Carbon pulverisation

* The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and prior years. The 
net effect of the changes for the year end 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share of profit in joint 
ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

7

Growth opportunities exist within the 
earthmoving, engineering and environmental 
services work streams which means that the 
Services business remains well positioned to 
identify, create and deliver value for all 
stakeholders”

Within Hong Kong, a specialist team of 
linemen and electrical specialists undertake a 
range of services as part of the Overhead 
Lines Works contract with CLP Power (“CLPP”). 
This is a five year framework which supports 
CLPP’s 950sq/km distribution network which 
services over 4m residents in Kowloon, New 
Territories and the outlying islands of Hong 
Kong. The ongoing development of the 
Hargreaves Power Services business and 
diversification into this market is a key facet of 
future growth opportunities, underlining the 
diversity of the offering within the Services 
business in Asia.

The bulk logistics operation has had a good 
year after facing difficulties with driver 
shortages in the previous year. The strong 
contractual positions within the logistics 
business have meant that recent soaring fuel 
costs have been mitigated, demonstrating the 
resilience of the operation. The business has 
had several new contract wins in the period, 
most notably a ten year waste haulage 
contract with Durham County Council.

Our operations within the environmental 
sector have also seen progress in the year. Our 
land remediation operations have improved 
over 225 acres of land in the year. This land was 
previously contaminated and unable to 
support plant life. As a result of our actions this 
land is now capable of growing and sustaining 
trees and other plant life. 

The business unit is working to submit grant 
applications to the Scottish Government, 
which would allow for the planting of 
approximately 1.7 million trees on 
700 hectares of land owned by the Group. 
This volume of trees would have the 
capability of absorbing 195,000 tonnes of 
carbon over the life of those trees.

Markets and strategic focus
The Services business holds over 60 term and 
framework contracts, which provides the 
Group with strong levels of revenue visibility.

The market sectors in which we operate are 
generally core industries within the UK and 
South East Asia; specifically the Energy, 
Environmental, Infrastructure and Industrial 
sectors. During the period of the pandemic, 
the Services business continued largely 
unaffected as a result of operating in these 
critical industries.

The business remains focused on growing the 
number of term and framework contracts it 
holds within the areas of core capability. 
Specific areas of target growth are focused on 
major earthmoving and mechanical and 
electrical engineering. There are several major 
infrastructure projects on the horizon, 
including Lower Thames Crossing and 
Sizewell C, which represent earthmoving 
opportunities comparable to the current HS2 
project. Additionally, the capability of the 
Group’s mechanical and electrical engineering 
team is growing and recent contract wins, not 
only on HS2, are demonstrating this capability 
to the wider market. 

Outlook
Revenue and margins within Services are 
resilient, as demonstrated by the response to 
the recent high inflationary environment and 
are underpinned by a strong pipeline of 
contracted works, term contracts and 
framework positions. Growth opportunities 
exist within the earthmoving, engineering and 
environmental services work streams which 
means that the Services business remains well 
positioned to identify, create and deliver value 
for all stakeholders.

Services
Core capabilities
The Services business has an extensive and 
complementary service offering for a wide 
range of industrial customers. The services 
include, but are not limited to:

•  Bulk materials handling in industrial 

complexes and major infrastructure projects;

•  Mechanical and electrical engineering;
•  Major earthmoving;
•  Pre-construction design advice on major 
earthmoving infrastructure projects;

•  Bulk logistics;
•  Land remediation and improvement 

solutions;

•  Quarrying and aggregates management.

Progress
The Services business has made significant 
progress on the delivery of core contracts in the 
year. The earthmoving operations at HS2 have 
seen the first full year of operation at site 
working for the EKFB joint venture. At peak 
operations there are over 400 people employed 
and working in the Aylesbury region. A key 
strength of the business is our investment in 
people. We have now trained over 80 plant 
operators, giving them the skills to operate large 
plant safely and effectively.

Additionally, the mechanical and electrical 
engineering team has delivered strong 
progress, with the completion of a five leg 
650m conveyor system in conjunction with the 
earthmoving operations for EKFB at HS2, which 
delivered substantial carbon emission 
reductions through the removal of lorry 
movements. Further to this, the team has 
made good progress on the delivery of a lime 
dosing and mixing system for the SCS joint 
venture on HS2. Both of these projects 
demonstrate the highly skilled nature of the 
team operating in this sector and represents an 
area of growth for the Services business.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportFinancial Statements8

The business has exchanged contracts on 
pipeline opportunities with an estimated  
GDV in excess of £190m”

and logistics space. This scheme is also well 
established, with a number of commercial sales 
already completed. Unity also provides a 
long-term sustainable level of earnings as 
commercial and residential plots become 
available for sale. The overall scheme is 
expected to run until 2035, with a relatively 
consistent projected sale of approximately 
15 acres per annum.

at Broken Cross and North Kyle are currently 
under construction. In addition to this, the 
Group also owns land over which access 
agreements are in place for other wind farm 
operators. In total, there are six such access 
agreements, of which two are granted and four 
are due to be taken up in the next few years. In 
total, the wind farms are expected to provide 
approximately 580MW of renewable energy. 

The options on the wind farms and access 
agreements are due to come online 
progressively over the next three years. Each 
option is specific; however, they will follow a 
standard makeup:

•  Minimum 28 year term;
•  2-4% of gross generating income;
•  Rising to 4-6% after year 12.

For access agreements, whilst the 28 year 
minimum term is consistent, the value will be 
either a fixed annual rental or 1% of the gross 
income generated by the operator.

Battery Storage
The Group has also exchanged contracts for 
the provision of a minimum 500MW Battery 
Storage facility at Broken Cross. This represents 
another ground lease for Hargreaves Land over 
a 35 year period. The value to Hargreaves is 
based on an indexed linked lease structure.

Valuation and Realisation
During the year the Group had Jones Lang 
LaSalle Limited carry out a valuation of these 
renewable energy land assets. The expected 
Market Value at COD of these assets was 
between £27.2m and £28.9m excluding the 
Westfield EfW site. The Board has taken the 
strategic decision to realise these assets over 
the next five years as these assets begin 
generating income. Proceeds realised will be 
repatriated to shareholders as appropriate.

Further to the arrangements entered into 
already, Hargreaves Land is currently exploring 
a number of other opportunities for renewable 
energy assets and battery storage on our land, 
which could lead to further ground leases 
coming on line in the medium term.

The two aforementioned schemes are large and 
long-term, however Hargreaves Land is also 
engaged in a number of smaller development 
opportunities. These opportunities are typically 
capital light, with limited requirement for 
upfront investment. Risk is managed through 
the use of conditional contracts, options and 
development agreements to secure planning, 
occupiers and forward funding ahead of any 
material financial commitment. The business has 
exchanged contracts on pipeline opportunities 
with an estimated GDV in excess of £190m, 
ranging from residential to industrial and mixed 
commercial use.

Renewable Energy Land Assets
Hargreaves Land holds over 3,000 acres which 
is consented for the construction of wind 
farms, battery storage and other renewable 
energy assets to be developed by third parties. 
Hargreaves Land will receive a ground lease on 
these assets based on a formula related to the 
level of energy produced on these sites.

Westfield – Energy from Waste
The most advanced scheme is a 32MW EfW 
plant at Westfield, in Fife, on eight acres of a 
larger 100 acre industrial site. This plant will 
deliver a 35 year minimum lease term at 
£420,000 per annum (annual RPI review). To 
facilitate the construction of the plant by a third 
party, the Group is required to invest £7m in the 
infrastructure of the site, most of which was 
invested in the year ended 31 May 2023. This will 
not only allow for the construction of the plant 
but will also open up approximately 40 further 
acres for other industrial uses. Interest in the site 
is buoyed by the potential for low-cost heat and 
power from the EfW Plant. 

Wind Farms
The Group owns three areas of land, which have 
options to lease to wind farm operators. The first 
wind farm at Dalquhandy is now in operation 
and generating power. Two further wind farms 

Hargreaves Land
Hargreaves Land has developed significantly 
over the last few years and now has two clear 
areas of focus:

•  Property and land development
•  Renewable energy land assets

Property and land development
The property development aspect of 
Hargreaves Land has, until recently, been the 
most visible aspect of the business unit. The 
business model includes the identification of 
strategic land opportunities, development and 
promotion of such land opportunities and the 
realisation of value. The business does not 
build residential homes, instead value is 
realised by the sale of serviced plots to 
housebuilders. Within the commercial and 
logistics sectors the business may enter into 
contracts to facilitate the construction of 
warehousing or similar structures. Such work 
would be subcontracted in its entirety.

The core projects within property development 
are Blindwells and the Unity joint venture which 
are both large and enduring schemes providing 
a stream of revenue over many years.

Blindwells
The site at Blindwells remains the largest 
investment within Hargreaves Land. Phase 1, 
which represents 150 acres and the potential 
for over 1,600 homes is well established, with a 
total of 32 acres sold to date and with 
construction by housebuilders well under way. 
Due to the nature of the site and the 
requirement to prepare each parcel of land 
prior to sale to housebuilders there will be a 
consistent stream of around 10-15 acres per 
year available for sale. This provides a good 
level of predictability to revenue and profits 
from this project for the next 8-9 years.

Blindwells Phase 2 has the potential for up to 
1,400 additional homes on the land owned by 
Hargreaves Land. Planning allocation is 
anticipated in 2026/27 and, if allocated, should 
provide at least another 10 years of revenue from 
Blindwells following the completion of Phase 1.

Unity
The Unity project is a 50:50 joint venture 
between Hargreaves Land and Waystone 
Limited. The site, which is near Doncaster, is set 
on over 600 acres and has outline planning for 
3,100 homes and over 2m sq ft of commercial 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

9

Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH (“HRMS”)

HRMS – Trading
Market leading trader in industrial 
raw materials in Germany and 
Northern Europe. Supplying solid 
fuels, refractory minerals, pig iron 
and ferro-alloys.

Carbon Pulverisation  
Plant (CPP)
Producer of high quality pulverised 
carbon to industries across Germany. 
Pulverised carbon will replace the high 
polluting brown lignite coal.

DK Recycling
One of the largest recyclers of ferrous waste materials 
in the world, producing pig iron and zinc.

The Group has held an investment in the 
German based joint venture, HRMS, for over 
15 years. Initially a minerals and solid fuels 
trading business, the last few years have seen a 
significant transformation in the scale of offering 
within the entity. Hargreaves Services Europe 
Limited (“HSEL”) is the parent company of HRMS, 
which is in turn the parent of DK Recycling und 
Roheisen GmbH (“DK”). These entities combined 
represent the HRMS joint venture.

The business has three fully integrated revenue 
streams. The traditional trading business, 
which sells minerals and other solid fuels 
throughout Europe, including the supply into 
the CPP. The CPP grinds the carbon into a fine 
dust, which is used in many industries across 

Germany, in particular steel and cement 
manufacture. A key customer of the CPP is DK, 
which is the third part of the HRMS business. 
DK takes steel waste, which would otherwise 
be sent to land fill, and produces up to 285kt of 
pig iron and 6kt of zinc annually, which is in 
turn traded by the trading team.

Hargreaves owns 49.9% of the voting shares in 
HSEL, with the remaining 50.1% of voting shares 
held by the local management team. 
Hargreaves also owns a number of shares which 
carry an economic benefit but no voting rights. 
It is these non-voting shares which mean that 
Hargreaves is entitled to 86% of the profits of the 
joint venture. See accounting judgements in 
Note 1 to the financial statements.

Business model
Trading
The trading team comprises 16 individuals who 
trade in pig iron, ferro-alloys and other mineral 
products. The target market opens when there 
is a need for additional supply over and above 
the traditional supply contracts within the steel 
and cement industries of Europe.

Profitability is determined by two principal 
factors, volume and margin. Margins are largely 
static, although they can flex in times of high 
commodity pricing, however, the volumes can 
be variable. Increases in commodity prices in 
the past 18 months have been linked to a 
substantial increase in demand for product, 
which HRMS has been able to fulfil. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportFinancial Statements10

Operating Review continued

Commodity prices have softened in the past 
six months, leading a lower level of activity 
and profitability.

The trading business will typically secure 
deliveries for specific sales contracts. The team 
does not take principal positions on stock. 
Typically, around 80% of all stock held by HRMS 
is already forward sold, which reduces any 
perceived risk around fluctuations in 
commodity prices. Stock purchases are 
primarily funded by a flexible borrowing base 
facility of up to €80m.

CPP
The CPP has a total production capacity of 
400,000 tonnes per annum, which involves 
taking carbon products and grinding them 
into a very fine powder. This product is 
intended to displace the highly polluting 
brown lignite coal dust which is expected to 
be phased out in the coming years by the 
German government although the recent 
energy crisis in Germany has meant that the 
closure of the lignite mines has been delayed.

The facility is currently producing 
100,000 tonnes per annum and delivering a 
breakeven result. The total accessible market is 
estimated to be 2m tonnes per annum, 
meaning that the CPP is an area of potential 
growth for HRMS as it seeks to fill up the 
available production capacity. The key markets 
to address are the chemical, cement and steel 
manufacturers in Northern Europe.

DK
The facility at DK is one of the world’s largest 
recycling centres for ferrous waste materials. 
The blast furnace can take up to 500kt of steel 
waste dusts and recycles them into 285kt of 
pig iron and 6kt of zinc. The operation is also a 
net energy producer.

This business has performed very well since its 
acquisition in December 2019 by HRMS due to 
the sustainable improvements made by the 
management team, including procurement 
efficiencies, improved sales strategies, process 
improvements and waste reduction. 

In addition to this, DK had also benefited from 
the high commodity prices seen during 2021 
and 2022, in particular zinc and pig iron. Zinc 
prices have dropped significantly during 2023 
and this has impacted on the level of 
profitability within DK, as zinc is a by-product 
of the pig iron production so there is zero cost 
of production. To protect against the risk 
posed by variable commodity prices, DK 
hedges up to 50% of all zinc sales up to 
12 months ahead.

Cash Repatriation
Since May 2021, the Group has received annual 
payments of £3.9m from HRMS, which has 
been subsequently distributed to shareholders 
in the form of a 12p additional dividend. The 
Board expects that repatriation will continue at 
least at this level for the next few years and this 
will be used to fund further additional 
dividends.

Outlook
Following two years of high commodity 
pricing, the market has now softened which 
will have an impact on the volumes available 
to be traded within HRMS. Combined with the 
uncertainty within the German economy, the 
near term future for the joint venture looks to 
be one of a tightening market and restricted 
opportunities for growth. Notwithstanding the 
challenges faced by HRMS, the business 
remains well positioned to take advantage of 
trading opportunities when they present 
themselves. The back to back nature of trades 
as well as the hedging strategy adopted will 
allow the team to mitigate some of the 
headwinds.

Key Performance Indicators
The Group has established a number of Key 
Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) which are used 
to measure its performance in a number of 
areas. These include some non-financial 
measures which reflect the Board’s emphasis 
on health and safety.

The KPIs for the Services business include:

•  Underlying profit before tax against budget
•  Return on capital employed against budget
•  Average working capital against budget
•  Lost time accident ratios against annually 

determined minimum targets
“Near Miss” reporting

• 

The KPIs for the Hargreaves Land business 
include:

•  Underlying profit before tax against budget
•  Cash performance against budget
•  Return on capital employed against 

individual project targets

Group level KPIs include:

•  Underlying profit before tax against budget
•  Cash at bank (exclusive of leasing debt) 

against budget

•  Lost time accident ratios against annually 

determined minimum targets

The Group achieved all of its KPIs in the year 
ended 31 May 2023. Similar challenging KPIs 
have been set for the year ending 31 May 2024.

Summary
Whilst Hargreaves remains a diverse 
organisation, I believe the three pillars of 
Services, Hargreaves Land and HRMS provide a 
clear and straightforward view of our 
operations. Each business has reasons to look 
forward to a bright future with opportunities 
for growth within each.

By order of the Board

Gordon Banham
Group Chief Executive
8 August 2023

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
Financial Review

John Samuel,  
Group Finance Director

11

The profit after tax for  
the year generated an 
EBITDA of £21.8m, which 
results from the improved 
profitability of the 
Services business”

Results
Group revenue from continuing activities was 
£211.5m (2022: £177.9m) and UPBT was £27.3m 
(2022: £30.4m*). The increase in revenue is in 
the Services business primarily due to a full 
year of operation on the HS2 contract 
combined with additional mechanical and 
electrical engineering works. The decrease in 
UPBT is due to the reduction in contribution 
from HRMS from £25.0m to £15.5m. This is 
more a reflection on the extremely strong year 
to 31 May 2022 due to high commodity prices 
as opposed to any underperformance in the 
current year, which is comparable to the result 
achieved for the year ended 31 May 2021 of 
£13.6m. Gross profit margin has improved to 
18.5% (2022: 16.6%).

There have been no exceptional gains or losses 
in the year ended 31 May 2023. In the prior year 
the Group recorded an exceptional gain of 
£1.8m relating to the write back of credit 
balances dating from 2015.

Net finance expense was £1.0m (2022: £0.1m 
income). This reflects the increase in leasing 
debt during the year, which is due to the 
investment in plant and machinery required to 
service the HS2 earthmoving contract. 
Investment in this plant and machinery is now 
largely completed and the interest on leasing 
debt is at fixed rates.

The Group recorded £16.3m (2022: £25.9m*) in 
share of profits from joint ventures. £15.5m 
(2022: £25.0m*) of this was attributable to 
HRMS, which is stated after tax. The reduction 
in profits from HRMS has been outlined above, 
the remaining profits from joint ventures relate 
to the Unity joint venture, in which profits have 
remained consistent.

The prior year numbers have been restated 
following a correction of the allowability of 
certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint 
venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for 
the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in 
the opening balance of the investment in joint 
ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the 
share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of 
£2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased 
the closing investment in joint ventures by 
£3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

This results in a consolidated profit before tax 
of £27.2m (2022: £32.2m*).

Whilst there have been no discontinued 
operations in the current year, the previous 
year saw a discontinued profit of £2.0m 
representing deferred consideration on the 
sale of Brockwell Energy Limited, which 
completed in October 2018.

Taxation
The income tax credit for the year is £0.8m 
(2022: £0.3m). This credit has been heavily 
impacted by the level of investment the Group 
has made in plant and machinery which 
qualifies for the 130% capital allowance 
“super-deduction”. This super-deduction has 
been recognised in full and therefore heavily 
skews the tax position for the year.

In 2011, after taking professional advice, the 
Group engaged in a disclosable tax planning 
scheme relating to the leasing of assets, the 
legality of which has been challenged by 
HMRC. The Board has been advised that the 
scheme was lawful. All cash relating to the 
scheme has previously been paid to HMRC. 
This matter was heard by the First Tier Tribunal 
in June 2019 and a decision in favour of HMRC 

was issued on 23 March 2020. This decision was 
appealed at the Upper Tier Tribunal in June 
2022 where the decision was overturned in 
favour of the taxpayers. HMRC have since been 
granted permission to appeal this ruling and 
the final conclusion remains outstanding. 
Dates for the substantive hearing in respect of 
this case have been scheduled for May 2024. 
The Group is not carrying any assets related to 
this case and has provided for all associated 
professional fees.

Cash Flow
The profit after tax for the year from continuing 
operations of £27.9m (2022: £32.5m*) 
generated an EBITDA** of £21.8m (2022: 
£13.6m), which results from the improved 
profitability of the Services business. 
Depreciation for the year was £14.6m (2022: 
£8.7m including impairment of £1.7m), which 
increased by 67.8% due to the investment in 
plant and machinery to support the HS2 
earthmoving contract.

Movement in working capital was a net inflow 
of £12.6m (2022: £20.7m outflow) which 
reflects the repayment by HRMS of a £15m 
short term loan back to the Group. Otherwise, 
working capital movement has been minimal.

The Group received gross proceeds of £6.9m 
(2022: £2.3m) for the sale of fixed assets and 
invested £9.3m (2022: £2.7m) into capital items, 
most notably £5.8m into investment property 
including putting in infrastructure at Westfield 
to support the construction of an EfW plant by 
a third party on our land. The Group also 
invested £1.4m into an acquisition in July 2022 
to supplement the Services business’ 
engineering capabilities.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements12

Financial Review continued

The increase in leasing debt due to the 
acquisition of plant and machinery has resulted 
in capital repayments on leasing debt 
increasing to £12.7m (2022: £5.5m).

Dividends totalling £6.7m (2022: £6.2m) were 
paid in the year. The Group received a payment 
of £3.9m (2022: £3.9m) from its German joint 
venture which funded the additional dividend 
of 12p per share made to shareholders in 
October 2022.

Capital Expenditure 
Capital expenditure including that on right of 
use assets and investment properties totalled 
£40.0m (2022: £14.8m). Depreciation for the 
year was £14.6m (2022: £8.7m), the increase 
relating to the additional plant required for the 
earthmoving contract on HS2.

Banking Facilities
As at 31 May 2023 the Group had cash in hand 
of £21.9m (2022: £13.8m). In addition to the 
cash reserves, the Group also has access to a 
£12m invoice discounting facility with 
Santander which was undrawn at the year end. 
This facility provides the Group with additional 
flexibility to deal with any short term working 
capital fluctuations. The Group’s assets are not 
covered by any debenture and the invoice 
discounting facility has no associated 
covenants.

Pensions
The Group has the obligation to fund two 
industry wide defined benefit pension 
schemes and an unfunded concessionary fuel 
scheme, all of which are closed to new 
members and are related to the former mining 
operations at Maltby Colliery. Under the 
assumptions used to calculate the schemes’ 
position at 31 May 2023, an asset of £8.5m 
(2022: £10.4m) has been recorded. This 
excludes the £2.9m (2022: £2.7m) liability 
associated with the unfunded concessionary 
fuel scheme which is shown separately. 

Contributions in the year were £2.4m (2022: 
£2.0m), including an additional £0.4m paid in 
accordance with an agreement reached with 
the Trustees in 2020. Net changes in actuarial 
measurements were £4.6m (2022: £6.0m) 
which have been accounted for through the 
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income.

A triennial valuation of the industrywide 
schemes was completed as at 31 December 
2021 and agreed in February 2023. This 
valuation resulted in a technical provisions 
liability of £5.0m. The previous triennial 
valuation undertaken as at 31 December 2018 
showed a technical provisions liability of £9.2m. 
As previously noted, subject to finalising 
acceptable terms with an appropriate insurer, 
the Board has decided to close out the liability 
through means of a pension buy-out at an 
anticipated cost of approximately £15m to be 
funded from the Group’s cash resources. This 
process is underway and is expected to 
conclude within calendar year 2024.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 
6.0p (2022: 5.6p) per share bringing the total for 
the year to 9.0p (2022: 8.4p), reflecting a full 
year increase of 7.1%. Additionally, the Board is 
proposing an additional dividend of 12p (2022: 
12p) per share which will be paid at the same 
time as the final dividend. The additional 
dividend is being funded by the receipt of an 
equivalent amount from HRMS. 

Share Capital
At 31 May 2023, there were 33,138,756 (2022: 
33,138,756) ordinary shares of 10p each in issue 
of which the Company held 611,118 (2022: 
611,118) in treasury. During the year, there were 
no (2022: 216,032) shares released from treasury 
to satisfy the exercise of share options although 
in June 2023, 24,360 options were exercised and 
satisfied by releasing the same number of shares 
from Treasury. At the date of this report, there 
were 586,758 shares held in treasury.

Going Concern
The Group has material assets and financial 
resources at its disposal together with robust risk 
management and capital allocation processes. 
The Group holds £21.9m of cash resources and 
has the availability of a further £12m Invoice 
Discounting facility which provides the Board 
with confidence that the Group has appropriate 
liquidity to meet any foreseeable cash 
requirements. A rigorous process of reviewing 
cash flow forecasts and testing for a range of 
challenging downside sensitivities has been 
undertaken. Only remedies to these downsides 
which are entirely within the Group’s control 
have been assumed to be achievable 
mitigations to those sensitivities. Therefore, and 
after making appropriate enquiries, including 
reviewing budgets and strategic plans, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the 
Board continues to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the Annual Report and 
financial statements.

John Samuel
Group Finance Director
8 August 2023

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and prior years. 
The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share of profit in 
joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

**    EBITDA is defined as profit before tax from continuing operations prior to charges for depreciation, amortisation and interest and excludes the share of profit from joint ventures and gains 

and losses on the sale of fixed assets.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202313

Audit & Risk Committee Report

Nigel Halkes FCA,  
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

The Audit & Risk Committee 
is responsible for reviewing 
financial reporting matters, 
monitoring internal controls 
and key corporate risks. 

On behalf of the Audit & Risk Committee I am 
pleased to present the Committee’s Report for 
the year ended 31 May 2023. 

Membership of the Committee
The Committee consists of the four  
Non-executive Directors and is chaired by me 
as the Senior Independent Director. The 
composition of the Committee has been 
unchanged throughout this financial year, albeit 
Roger McDowell has taken a temporary 
sabbatical from the beginning of June 2023 for 
personal reasons and is expected to 
recommence attendance at the Committee 
from September onwards. The Board believes 
that the Committee members have the skills, 
qualifications and experience to discharge their 
duties in accordance with the Committee’s 
terms of reference and have appropriate 
knowledge and experience in the sectors 
within which the Group operates.

Committee Meeting Schedule
The Committee met on four occasions during 
the year with all members at the time in 
attendance. The Group Finance Director attends 
Committee meetings by invitation to ensure 
that the Committee is fully informed of all 
material matters within the Group. The external 
auditor attended two of the meetings and, for 
part of one of those meetings, the external 
auditor met with the Committee without any of 
the Executive Directors being present. 

For the financial year ending 31 May 2024, the 
Committee intends to continue with its 
programme of four meetings to be held during 
the year so that the work of the Committee is 
evenly spread, particularly with respect to Risk 
Management and internal audit. 

Terms of Reference of the Committee
The Committee is established by and is 
responsible to the Board. It has written terms of 
reference, which are available for review at: www.
hsgplc.co.uk. The terms of reference are formally 
reviewed annually to ensure that they meet the 
Board’s expectations of the Committee’s remit.

The Committee is responsible for reviewing a 
wide range of financial reporting and related 
matters including the interim and annual 
financial statements before their submission to 
the Board. In particular, the Committee is 
required to consider all critical accounting 
policies and practices adopted by the Group, 
and any significant areas of judgement that 
could materially impact reported results. The 
Committee provides a forum for reporting by 
the Group’s external auditor, and advises the 
Board on the appointment, independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor and on their 
remuneration both for statutory audit and 
non-audit work. It also discusses and agrees 
the nature, scope, planning and timing of the 
statutory audit with the external auditor. 

The Committee is also responsible for 
monitoring the internal controls that are 
operated by management to ensure the 
integrity of the information reported to the 
shareholders. An internal audit function, which 
reports directly to the Chair of the Audit & Risk 
Committee, supports the Committee in this 
process. The Committee reviews the 
appropriateness of the annual internal audit 
programme for the Group and ensures that the 
internal audit function is adequately sponsored 
and resourced. 

Additionally, the Committee receives reports on, 
and is responsible for, reviewing the Group’s 
arrangements and processes which exist for 
employees and others to raise concerns over 
possible wrongdoing in financial reporting or 

other matters. This work includes reviewing the 
Group’s systems for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and bribery and considering 
any matters arising under the General Data 
Protection Regulations or any whistleblowing 
matters which are reported. The Committee 
also receives reports on all litigation which the 
Group is engaged with either as plaintiff or 
defendant and recommends actions in respect 
of such to the Board. 

The Group’s Environmental, Social & 
Governance (“ESG”) Working Group is chaired 
by one of the business unit Managing Directors 
and includes members from every business 
within Hargreaves. It reports quarterly to the 
Committee. The Committee is responsible for 
reviewing the Group’s ESG report and 
recommending it to the Board.

Activities of the Committee
During the year, the Committee’s principal 
activities comprised:

•  Reviewing and approving the internal audit 
programme for the year and monitoring the 
progress and outcome of that, including 
reviewing reports from the internal auditor;
•  Receiving quarterly reports from the Group’s 

ESG Working Group, considering and 
recommending to the Board that Group’s 
proposals for actions, targets and metrics to 
be adopted to illustrate the Group’s response 
to climate change including for reporting in 
compliance with the requirements of the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”);

•  Reviewing the Quarterly Risk Report and 
recommending appropriate actions and 
responses to the Board;

•  Receiving quarterly reports on legal actions 

with which the Group is concerned;

•  Receiving reports on any whistleblowing 

matters;

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements14

Audit & Risk Committee Report continued

•  Reviewing and approving changes in the 
Group’s internal control policies and 
procedures;

•  Reviewing the Group’s procedures in 

respect of GDPR;

•  Reviewing the draft interim financial 

statements; 

•  Reviewing and approving the audit plan 

proposed by the external auditor;

•  Reviewing the draft report and financial 

statements for the year ended 31 May 2023 
and recommending their approval to the 
Board including:
•  Considering the accounting policies 
adopted for the preparation of the 
financial statements;

•  Considering the key accounting 

estimates and judgements used in their 
preparation including but not restricted 
to construction contract revenue and 
assets, dilapidation provisions, contract 
provisions, post-retirement employee 
benefits, measurement of recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units 
(“CGUs”), valuation of land and the 
treatment of joint ventures;

•  Considering the assumptions used to 
support the adoption of the going 
concern basis of accounting;

•  Considering the Risk Management 
section of the annual report and in 
particular its completeness and 
relevance to the financial statements;
•  Reviewing the ESG report included in the 

annual report.

External Auditor
The external auditor provides the Audit & Risk 
Committee with information about its internal 
procedures for maintaining independence and 
the rotation of personnel engaged on the audit, 
including the audit partner. After considering 
this information, the Committee is satisfied that 
the external auditor is independent.

All non-audit services to be provided by the 
external auditor which exceed £50,000 in cost 
must be approved by the Committee in 
advance. During the financial year, there were 
£9,000 (2022: £16,000) of non-audit services 
provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and 
its network firms to the Group. The Committee 
is satisfied that the provision of these services 
in the prior year, did not compromise the 
external auditor’s independence.

After due and careful enquiry and after 
reviewing the external auditor’s Report to the 
Audit Committee and discussing the findings 
with the auditor, the Committee is satisfied 
that the scope of the audit was appropriate 

and that all significant accounting judgements 
exercised by management had been suitably 
challenged and tested including, but not 
limited to, the matters referred to in the long 
form Audit Report. The reasons for the delay in 
completion of the audit for the year ended 
31 May 2023 was due to the Groups 
investment in HRMS, the Committee discussed 
this matter and they were resolved within the 
amended timescale. The Committee 
recommended to the Board that in their 
opinion the audit had been carried out 
effectively and that the report of the external 
auditor be accepted. In accordance with best 
practice, the Committee held a private session 
with the external auditor without executive 
management present. 

The Committee has recommended to the 
Board that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be 
proposed for re-election as auditor at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Internal Audit
Before the start of each financial year, the 
Committee agrees a programme of work for 
the internal audit function. The programme is 
designed to test the effectiveness of the 
internal control systems and seeks to 
recommend improvements to processes, 
covering key financial and other controls which 
the Committee recognises are important in 
ensuring the integrity of the Group’s 
operations, as well as its financial reporting. 
The programme includes self-assessment 
questionnaires, detailed testing of processes 
and the review of appropriate documentation. 
The use of computer aided audit techniques to 
monitor transactional data using the Group’s 
existing management information systems also 
continue to be developed and monitored, 
improving the efficiency, scope and 
effectiveness of the internal audit function.

The internal audit function has developed an 
Audit Universe which has been adopted as the 
governing document in setting the scope and 
frequency of internal audit work across the 
Group. Each audit area is cross-referenced to 
the related corporate risk to ensure an 
integrated and targeted approach to the 
annual internal audit programme.

The 2022/23 programme, whilst approved by the 
Committee, was not completed in full due to 
staffing resourcing issues throughout the first half 
of the financial year. In place of a full internal audit 
plan certain specific procedures were carried out 
by the Group Finance team and by in house 
Legal Counsel to provide the Committee with 
assurance on key financial and governance 

controls. This included the completion of a 
self-assessment questionnaire around each 
business units’ key financial controls.

The 2023/24 programme will again include 
cyclical reviews of compliance with the 
Approvals and Authorisations Mandate, key 
financial controls and various regulatory 
requirements. Assurance will also be provided 
around the tendering and contract 
management framework in the Services 
business. Crisis management planning is also in 
scope for review by the internal audit function 
during the coming year. The Group’s 
recruitment processes and its employee training 
procedures feature in the plan as the Board puts 
particular emphasis on the skills and quality of 
its workforce at a time of low unemployment. 

Risk Management
The internal audit function reports quarterly to 
the Committee on the key risks identified by the 
Board as being so material that they need to be 
regularly monitored as to whether those risks 
have increased or decreased during the period 
and what remedial actions may need to be 
taken to counter them. Risk registers at a 
business unit level are reviewed on a quarterly 
basis, with any material changes being escalated 
to the Board. The Risk Management report 
which follows this report sets out these risks and 
the steps the Group has taken to mitigate them. 

Going Concern Basis of Accounting
The Group has material assets and financial 
resources at its disposal together with robust risk 
management and capital allocation processes. 
The Group’s cash flow model prepared as part 
of the annual budget and five-year plan process 
was subjected to a number of stress tests. These 
included measuring the impact of the deferral 
of certain specific anticipated revenues (for 
example in Hargreaves Land) alongside other 
more general sensitivity tests related to 
reductions in revenue. These assumptions and 
sensitivities were subjected to thorough analysis 
and review by the external auditor. The 
Committee questioned both management and 
the external auditor on the assumptions and 
testing they had applied and were satisfied to 
recommend to the Board that the going 
concern basis of accounting remains appropriate.

The Audit & Risk Committee Report was 
approved by the Board on 8 August 2023 and 
signed on its behalf by: 

Nigel Halkes FCA
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee 
8 August 2023

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202315

Risk Management

The Board retains overall responsibility for the 
identification, assessment and mitigation of risk 
throughout the Group. 

The Group is exposed to a number of risks, 
which it must assess, manage and control in 
the ordinary course of business in the interest 
of all stakeholders to deliver shareholder value. 
It is accepted that some risks may never be 
entirely eliminated. The Board recognises that 
it is essential to have robust risk management 
systems and practices in place to identify, 
assess and prioritise the mitigation of risks 
affecting the Group.

Safety, Health and the Environment 
The Board has identified that the risk of a 
material incident in the areas of Safety, Health 
and the Environment (“SHE”) is a particularly 
significant area and, as such, the Board 
continues to receive a detailed monthly report 
from the Group Head of Health & Safety. The 
Group’s approach to SHE is set out below.

The Board’s vision is to maintain an environment 
where all its employees, contractors and third 
parties experience zero harm as a result of its 
activities. To achieve this, the Group takes a 
proactive approach and is committed to 
achieving the highest standards of safety and 
health management and the minimisation of 
any adverse environmental impacts. 

The Board ensures that the Health and Safety of 
employees, customers and the public are at the 
forefront of all Group activities. The Group Chief 
Executive, supported by both internal and 
external competent and experienced advisers, is 
charged with overall responsibility. All 
businesses have formulated and implemented 
SHE management arrangements consisting of 
competent staff along with policies, procedures 
and objectives to meet both legislative and best 
practice requirements. SHE performance and 
delivery is ingrained in the operational delivery 
and day-to-day activities and not seen as a bolt 
on to each business. Where appropriate the 
management procedures are externally certified 
to internationally recognised standards. 

Alongside management systems and legal 
compliance, the Group recognises the benefits 
that effective leadership and the setting of clear 

expectations has upon workplace behaviour. 
Therefore, the Group has visible performance 
metrics, which are communicated at all levels 
throughout the organisation and are designed 
to enable the early identification of adverse 
trends and the development of suitable 
intervention and improvement measures. The 
Board usually carries out annual random site 
visits each year to see SHE processes at first hand 
and to emphasise to employees the importance 
the Board places on SHE activities. This year the 
Board visited the earthmoving activities for HS2 
at Aylesbury, which consisted of an extended 
site tour and interviews with site management. 
The Board was satisfied that the safety culture of 
the Group is well embedded into this operation.

The year ended 31 May 2023 was a year with 
three lost time incidents reported, a decrease 
from the prior year when the Group had six 
such incidents. Whilst it is pleasing to see a 
reduction in incidents, the aim of the Board is 
to continuously push to reduce and remove 
lost time incidents wherever possible.

Insurance
The Group has worked closely with its risk 
advisers, Marsh Limited, to develop processes 
and reporting in respect of motor and liability 
claims. This has resulted in the Group having 
greater insight in respect of ongoing claims, 
historic claims and claims trends. Learnings and 
best practice taken from this has resulted in an 
improved understanding of risk in relation to 
the Group’s operational activities and a 
reduction in incidents and associated claims.

Corporate Risks
The Board undertakes a full annual review of 
the Group’s risk profile and strategic approach 
to risk. A condensed high-level Risk Register, 
which identifies key areas of corporate risk 
which the Board has determined are the most 
critical, has been reviewed and updated to 
reflect the Group’s current risk profile. These 
areas of risk have been selected on the basis 
that a material adverse event in any one of 
them could potentially either:

•  prevent the Group from achieving its 
financial or operational objectives or

•  cause material loss or damage to the 

Group’s assets or reputation.

The identified areas of risk are monitored, 
reviewed and investigated as necessary by the 
internal audit function. The Audit & Risk 
Committee receives a written report on these 
risks every quarter, including a commentary 
which notes any material changes which have 
been identified. This report assesses whether 
each area has increased or decreased in the 
level of risk and where necessary corrective 
actions are implemented. 

The areas of critical corporate risk which have 
been identified are as follows:

•  Contractual Risk
•  Recruitment & Retention of Key Executives 

and Skilled Employees

•  Regulatory & Legislative Compliance
•  Environmental 
•  Fraud
• 
•  Liquidity & Credit Risk
•  Failure of a Material business unit
• 

IT Security

Inflation

Following a review by the Committee and 
based on the experience throughout the year, 
the risks previously reported relating to 
Covid-19 have been removed.

The Audit & Risk Committee has considered an 
assessment of the risks which the Group may 
face as a result of climate change but at this 
stage does not assess those risks as material. 
Each business unit within the Group has 
carried out a climate change risk assessment 
process and that is embedded into each 
business unit’s general risk register. Any risks 
are identified and mitigation procedures 
implemented where appropriate. 

A table describing the key risks and the 
mitigations in place throughout the Group to 
protect against them is set out below. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements16

Risk Management continued

Key Risks & Description

Contractual Risk

Mitigation

Multiple businesses of the Group enter into and 
manage diverse and complex contracts as part of 
their core operations. Bad planning, agreement to 
onerous terms, ineffective management and 
delivering services outside of the Group’s core 
competencies could all erode the value of the 
contract and increase the risk exposure to the 
Group. Attached to the risk surrounding contracts 
are the potential financial and reputational 
impacts on the resolution of defective works and 
warranty claims following contract completion.

•  Delegated Authority Mandates in place throughout the Group requiring appropriate levels of senior 

personnel to approve contracts. 

•  Requirement for legal review of all potential contracts which meet the agreed criteria, detailed within 

the Delegated Authority Mandates. 

•  Recruitment and employment of suitably qualified and competent personnel at all levels to 
undertake works to minimise risk relating to defective works and associated warranty claims. 
•  Targeting of contracts where the scope of work fits the core competencies of available resources.
•  Contracts have specific risk registers, which are prepared at tender stage and maintained throughout 

the progress of the contract. These registers highlight the potential risks inherent in a particular 
contract as well as the controls required to mitigate them. They form a critical part of the 
management of the contract and are updated regularly throughout.

Recruitment and Retention of Key Executives and Skilled Employees

Key executives, senior management and skilled 
employees possess the industry knowledge and 
experience, without which, our strategic 
objectives may not be achieved. If the Group is 
unable to recruit or retain both key executives 
and skilled employees, this could adversely affect 
the Group both operationally and financially.

Regulatory and Legislative Compliance

Failure of the Group or a business within the 
Group to comply with its applicable regulatory 
and legislative obligations, resulting in financial, 
reputational, and potentially criminal implications 
for the Group or its responsible employees. 

Environmental

There are inherent environmental risks within 
some of the Group’s operations. If not properly 
managed, these risks could result in 
environmental contamination with disruption to 
business, financial costs and loss of reputation. 

Fraud

In the course of its operations, the Group is 
exposed to fraud risks from a number of internal 
and external sources.

IT Security

There is an ever increasing reliance on the stability 
and security of the IT network for delivering 
day-to-day operations, whilst the volume and 
types of data held within it increases. This reliance 
on IT increases the potential for sophisticated 
cyber-attacks to target the Group’s computer 
systems, infrastructure, networks and personal 
devices with the intention of paralysing 
operations for an immeasurable amount of time, 
carrying material financial and reputational 
implications for the Group.

Identification of key strategic roles across the Group.

•  The provision of remuneration and terms of employment that are competitive in the market.
• 
•  Succession planning for these identified key strategic roles.
•  Supporting employees through the Employee Assistance Programme, retail discount schemes.
•  Provision of Mental Health first aiders to identify and provide first line treatment to employees.

•  Appropriate and specialist management systems are in place across the Group to ensure compliance 

with our obligations. 

•  Competent and appropriately skilled individuals hold key roles in assuring our compliance to our 

regulatory and legislative obligations. 

•  Memberships to various trade bodies provides access to proposed regulatory changes and helps to 

highlight any issues, allowing for early planning and appropriate representation.

•  Provision of clear guidance on the environmental standards which the Group’s operations must adhere to. 
•  Compliance with laws, regulations and industry best practice is a priority across the business.
•  Environmental management strategies are in place at all applicable sites.
•  The ESG Group sets the tone for the Group’s approach to minimise the impact of activities on the 

environment, through the setting and monitoring of targets.

•  Fraud risk management policy is in place across the Group.
•  Fraud risk awareness training has been rolled out across the Group.
• 
•  The Group has many controls and procedures in place to limit the risk of fraud. These controls 

 Fraud risk is discussed regularly in the Audit & Risk Committee with both internal and external audit.

include, but are not limited to, detailed Authorisation and Approvals Mandates, system automated 
controls, segregation of duties on particular processes and periodic Internal Audit reviews.

•  The Group has a dedicated IT function, with a high degree of skill and experience in maintaining and 

monitoring the IT infrastructure.

•  A risk-based IT strategy is in place focusing on four strategic initiatives: technology and innovation, 

compliance, culture and education and delivery.

•  Third party hosting of core business applications with a full business continuity and disaster recovery 

infrastructure as well as regular tiered backup solutions.

•  Mobile device management applied to all company devices to protect network and data via mobile 

platforms.

•  A “zero-trust” philosophy with regard to system access.
•  Full Checkpoint security application in place to cover our end-points, VPN connectivity and access to 

cloud platforms.

•  Global leading email security application presides over all email traffic, protecting against all targeted 

threats, phishing, malware and URL protection.

•  Full user security awareness programme with regular training videos rolled out to all users across the Group.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202317

Key Risks & Description

Mitigation

•  Whilst the Group is in a positive cash position, it maintains strong relationships with prospective 
lenders and seeks to put in place appropriate finance facilities aligned to both the short and 
medium-term requirements of the business with sufficient flexibility to manage liquidity fluctuations 
within reasonable parameters.

•  Short and medium-term cash flow forecasting is in place across the Group, ranging from daily cash 
flow forecasting to five year planning together with the annual in-depth going concern review.

•  The Group regularly assesses the financial reliability of customers.
•  The Credit Control function closely monitors and chases any overdue debts and the majority of the 

Group’s trade receivables are due for payment within 45 days.

•  The Group remains vigilant to monitoring and controlling counterparty exposures that are material 

to the results of the Group. All such exposures are carefully considered before contractual 
commitments are made to take account of the risks presented by the contract or relationship, the 
returns available and the opportunities that are, or are not, available to mitigate that exposure.
•  Authorisation of credit limits is restricted to a limited number of individuals, with the input of 

third-party credit scoring.

•  A robust capital expenditure procedure is in place Group-wide to control investment in illiquid assets.

•  The Group’s investment in HRMS is governed by a shareholders’ agreement which provides a series 
of protective rights to the Group including controls over the approval of budgets, the granting of 
security and business activities.

•  The agreement provides step in rights to the Group in the event of a material breach of the 

agreement.

•  The Group Chief Executive is a member of the Board of HRMS which meets each month.
•  Monthly financial information is submitted to the Group and subject to review by Group Finance.
•  HRMS mitigates against its exposure to commodity prices by both hedging forward sales positions 

and by ensuring that it does not enter into open trading positions so that purchases of commodities 
are back to back with secured sales.

•  Contracts have been negotiated where necessary to include cost escalation clauses to limit the 

impact of inflation on fuel costs for example.

•  Many contracts are based upon “cost plus” principles which mitigates the impact of cost increases. 

Liquidity and Credit Risk

The failure of the Group to maintain access to 
liquidity could result in a material adverse financial 
impact for the Group.

The Group needs to ensure that sufficient liquid 
funds are available to meet its contractual 
demands and wider operational uncertainties, 
either through available cash reserves or external 
funding capacity. The Group has put in place a 
limited invoice discounting facility which provides 
working capital flexibility in addition to the 
Group’s cash reserves. The Group is not 
dependent on bank borrowings.

The Group’s trading relationships require contract 
and credit exposures to specific customers that 
are material to the results of the Group, 
sometimes over a long period. Credit risk arises 
from the possibility that customers may not be 
able to pay their debts.

Failure of a Material business unit

The Board assesses that the failure of HRMS in 
particular would create a material risk to the Group. 
HRMS is a key supplier of specialist raw materials to 
major European customers in the steel, foundry, 
smelting, ferroalloy, sugar, limestone, insulation, 
refractory and ceramic industries. HRMS owns a 
material steel waste recycling business and has 
invested in a carbon pulverisation plant, however 
this has not yet achieved critical mass. HRMS is 
independently funded from the Group, however 
HRMS holds substantial monies in respect of 
undistributed profits and loans. Additionally, the 
Group has provided a €10million guarantee to 
HRMS’ bankers.

HRMS is exposed to the movements in certain 
commodity prices which can be variable and which 
could cause material fluctuations in profits. The 
Group’s share of HRMS’ profits represents a material 
contribution to the Group profit before tax. HRMS’ 
subsidiary business, DK, recycles steel waste into 
pig iron and zinc. DK uses a small amount of gas 
in its production process. 

Inflation

The cost of living in the UK has been rising since 
early 2021, with inflation reaching its highest level 
in decades during the last twelve months. Not 
only does this affect the ability of customers to 
afford goods and services, but increased costs 
along the supply chain may lead to reduced 
margins. Additionally, increased overhead costs 
and pressures to increase wages and salaries 
could affect the profitability of the Group.

Nigel Halkes FCA 
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee 
8 August 2023

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements18

Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Environmental, Social and Governance

Governance

Strategy

An organisation’s 
governance around  
climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

The actual and potential 
impacts of climate-related 
risks and opportunities  
on an organisation’s 
business, strategy, and 
financial planning.

Risk Management

Metrics and Targets

The processes used by  
an organisation to 
identify, assess, and 
manage climate-related 
risks.

The metrics and targets 
used to assess and 
manage relevant  
climate-related risks  
and opportunities.

Hargreaves recognises the reporting 
requirements across the four core 
elements of the TCFD in relation to 
governance, strategy, risk management, 
and metrics and targets.

The Group is exploring how we can align 
with as many of the 17 United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals 
(‘UNSDGs’) as   possible. We currently 
identify with 9 of the UNSDGs: 

The ESG Group reports quarterly to the Audit 
& Risk Committee, which ensures Board level 
engagement and facilitates continued 
awareness of the Group’s ESG activities at the 
highest level.

Along with various in-house online training, 
including Anti-Corruption & Bribery and 
Information Security, all employees are 
required to complete online ESG Awareness 
training.  This training highlights the areas 
Hargreaves is focussing on to reduce fuel and 
water usage, waste, and increase levels of 
recycling. Additionally, the course advises 
how employees can make small changes in 
their homes, and the workplace, which can 
make a meaningful contribution to improving 
the environment.  A monthly ESG themed 
topic is also added to the Group’s internal 
SharePoint system to highlight various 
initiatives and raise awareness.

The Group is aware of the potential impact of 
its activities on the environment and remains 
committed to reporting its Environmental, 
Social and Governance (‘ESG’) performance in 
accordance with relevant legislation.  
Established in 2021, our ESG Working Group 
(‘ESG Group’), chaired by a business unit 
Managing Director, meets approximately 
every six weeks to discuss risks and 
opportunities which climate change presents 
and to monitor progress against a range of 
objectives and targets.  The ESG Group 
includes representatives from all areas of the 
business.  Each business unit established its 
own Carbon Footprint Reduction Initiatives 
and Climate Change Risk Assessments to 
develop the delivery of Group-wide targets 
and reviews these documents quarterly.  
Hargreaves places emphasis on the Group’s 
ESG agenda being driven from each business 
unit, all of which embed climate change risks 
into their risk register.  This bottom up 
approach ensures that consideration of 
environmental issues is incorporated into 
each business unit’s approach including when 
tendering for new business opportunities. 

Hargreaves Services plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

19

Environmental
Monitors and reports 
how the Company 
controls its impact on 
the environment.

Social
Examines how the 
Company manages its 
relationship with 
employees, suppliers 
and communities.

Governance
Controls and monitors 
how the Company deals 
with its leadership, 
internal controls and 
shareholders.

Environmental

The ESG Group has implemented robust 
measuring systems and appropriate goal 
setting, tracking and reporting in line with 
relevant legislation.  Each business unit 
undertakes an annual climate change risk 
assessment of the impact and potential 
opportunities of climate change and embeds 
these results into their risk registers.  These 
assessments focus on possible impacts within 
the next five years which is Hargreaves’ usual 
planning cycle. Following these assessments, 
the relevant Group policies are reviewed and 
amended, where appropriate.  Business units 
are also required to review, and update 
accordingly, the carbon reduction projects 
relevant to their business areas.

Climate Related Risks and 
Opportunities
The climate change risk assessments carried 
out by the business units did not identify any 
risks which might materially impact any of the 
Group’s businesses.

The risk assessments, which considered the 
possible impacts on each business within the 
next five years specifically, covered the 
following areas:

•  Summer daily maximum temperature 

around 7°C higher compared to average 
summer temperatures now;

•  Winter daily maximum temperature around 
4°C more than the current average, with the 
potential for more extreme temperatures, 
both warmer and colder than present;

•  Rainfall events up to 20% more intense than 

current extremes; 

•  Average winter rainfall increasing by 41% on 

today’s averages;

•  Sea level up to 0.6m higher compared to 

today’s level;

•  Drier summers with up to 45% less rain than 

now;

•  The flow in the watercourses peaking at up 
to 40% more than now and 80% less than 
now at its lowest;
Increase in wind speeds by up to 60mph.

• 

Separately, a range of actions have been 
implemented by the business units which aim 
to reduce their carbon emissions and mitigate 
cost increases which may arise more generally 
in the macro-economic environment as a 
result of climate change. These near term 
actions include measures to reduce energy and 
fuel consumption and these measures are set 
out below. Some of these measures have been 
included in the targets set for the financial year 
ended 31 May 2023 including reducing plant 
idling time, improving kilometres travelled per 
litre of fuel and reducing the megawatts 
consumed per office based employee.  
Performance against these targets is set 
out below.

Other risks which apply more generally relate to 
the reduction and ultimate phasing out by 
legislation of diesel as the major power source 
for plant and vehicles. The Board does not 
consider that any risks arising from these matters 
are likely to arise within the next five years. 

There are two specific technology transition 
risks related to climate change which have 
been identified. First, the Group has been 
working with a major original equipment 

Following an independent assessment by 
Integrum ESG in January 2023, the Group was 
awarded an ESG A rating.  This rating was 
calculated based on an analysis of procedures 
in areas of governance, sustainability and 
impact.  An A rating indicates a very good 
overall approach to ensuring a company acts 
in line with expected standards for 
ESG matters. 

Hargreaves is also proud to have been awarded 
Gold CSR Accreditation. The accreditation is an 
effective way to benchmark what the Group 
does with regard to social responsibility. The 
process involves collation, measurement and 
reporting on the full range of socially 
responsible activities. Accreditation also 
provides a roadmap for planning future 
activity. The application process records 
activity against the four pillars of Social 
Responsibility - environment, workplace, 
community and philanthropy. Each pillar of 
Social Responsibility is designed for a company 
to report their impact on areas such as energy 
performance, recycling, staff engagement, 
health and well-being, community 
engagement and supporting local and 
national charities.  The accreditation is for three 
years and a tree is planted, in our name, as part 
of the Green Earth Appeal. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportFinancial Statements20

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

manufacturer of plant for several years on the 
possible introduction of electrically powered 
plant. The timescales for this are governed by 
the manufacturer and the Board is unable to 
assess when such plant might become 
available. Secondly, all of Hargreaves’ HGV fleet 
can be converted to operate on Hydrogenated 
Vegetable Oil (“HVO”) at minimal cost with 
substantial emissions reductions arising. This 
alternative fuel is not yet commonly available 
nationwide and does have some additional 
cost but again the timing of major 
implementation of this will be driven by 
infrastructure roll out by fuel providers and the 
Board is unable to assess that timescale. 
Although the timescales for these technology 
transition risks are uncertain, the Board believes 
that the actions the Group has taken in 
preparation for these changes will enable it to 
adapt quickly and in a controlled manner at 
the appropriate time.

Additionally, the ESG Group has worked to 
identify business opportunities which may 
arise from climate change and the focus on 
carbon emission reduction. For Hargreaves, 
these arise mainly through the activities to 
regenerate otherwise unproductive former 
mining land in Scotland. This land requires 
waste sewage sludge to be spread over it so 
that it can then become capable of sustaining 
plant life.  The Group is working towards 
achieving Scottish Government grant funding 
for woodland creation projects intended to 
capture over 200,000 tonnes of CO2 on 
approximately 700 hectares of regenerated 
land which would feature approximately 
1,700 trees being planted over the next 
five years.

Hargreaves Sustainability Initiatives
Procurement staff are required to complete a 
mandatory introductory module from the 
Supply Chain Sustainability School, with a view 
to this being enhanced and expanded in order 
to increase levels of awareness and collective 
buy-in from all staff members and we aim to 
achieve Silver status for all business units 
during the year ending 31 May 2024.

Where appropriate, smart meters and solar 
panels are being installed at all business 
locations.  From FY24, the Group’s power 
supply will be provided using 25% nuclear and 
75% renewable energy, i.e. 100% non-carbon.  

In addition, electric vehicle charging points 
have been installed at our two main office 
based facilities, other major operational sites 
and are now standard installations in all of 
Hargreaves Land’s newly constructed 
industrial buildings.

The Group’s earthmoving activities utilise the 
largest amount of plant and is investigating 
alternatively powered machines for future 
projects, working with one of the world’s 
largest plant manufacturers.

At Blindwells, Hargreaves Land’s flagship 
residential site in East Lothian, 25,000 trees 
have been planted.  The trees will store the 
equivalent of 54 tonnes of carbon and produce 
144 tonnes of oxygen in their first year; as well 
as increasing the overall levels of biodiversity 
net gain from the original ‘base’ position set by 
an independent ecologist.  The levels of 
biodiversity net gain are monitored 
throughout the life of the site.

In FY24, Hargreaves Land is planning to plant 
sufficient trees on 235 acres of land that will 
remove 427 tonnes of carbon in their first year.  
Elsewhere in Land, over 700MW of renewable 
energy projects now have planning permission 
and grid connections, currently equivalent to 
5% of Scotland’s renewable electricity 
generating capacity1.  Hargreaves Land also has 
a further 550-1,050MW of battery storage 
schemes awaiting planning permission and 
grid connections. Further opportunities for 
renewable energy assets on Hargreaves’ land 
are being pursued.

Hargreaves Land continues to appraise its 
current Standard Developer Shell Specification 
documents to incorporate further  
carbon-reduction measures and sustainable 
technologies in future unit construction 
(including BREEAM certification) – albeit 
tailored to individual market circumstances on 
each project.  In addition, Hargreaves Land is 
exploring across its entire portfolio the 
continued integration of renewables into its 
’master-developer’ projects – including 
potential for wider district-heating, battery 
storage and Combined Heat and Power 
processes where appropriate.

A BREEAM rating of ‘Very Good’ and a 
minimum EPC Rating of ‘A’ is typically targeted 
in any new units constructed by Hargreaves 

Land, unless there is a specific user 
requirement and this is not contrary to local 
planning policy.  In Flood Zone areas, 
appropriate measures are undertaken to 
mitigate risks of flooding, alongside liaison with 
the appropriate statutory body such as the 
Environment Agency, SEPA, etc. during the 
planning process.

In Scotland, Hargreaves Land is well advanced in 
the removal of gas supply provision to new 
residential development plots at Blindwells (in 
line with Scottish Government requirements) 
and continues to evaluate the situation in 
respect of similar developments across England 
and Wales, albeit carefully balanced against the 
individual requirements of housebuilders and 
potential occupiers on each project.

Through its work as a ‘master developer’ of 
large-scale mixed-use regeneration projects, 
Hargreaves Land is proactively fostering 
placemaking principles which support the 
creation of new ‘twenty-minute 
neighbourhoods’ on several schemes, which 
by way of purposeful design aim to reduce the 
local community’s reliance on vehicular 
transport and increase the use of active-travel 
measures including walking and cycling.  In 
addition, Hargreaves Land aims to protect and 
promote biodiversity wherever possible by 
integrating biodiversity gain into our entire 
masterplan process, to ensure our 
developments do not impact negatively on 
their surroundings and ensure a biodiversity 
net gain is delivered across each scheme and 
monitored throughout the life of the site.

Group-wide, we have monitored and recorded 
the reduction in CO2 emissions to reduce 
business through the use of Microsoft Teams.  
Using Government statistics, we estimate that 
the tonnes of CO2 equivalent emission reduction 
during FY23 was 738 tonnes. This is equivalent 
to an average size diesel car travelling 
approximately 110 times2 around the earth3!

A range of PPE made from recycled materials is 
being trialled and we are working with the 
supply chain to establish sustainability targets 
in terms of packaging, reducing delivery and 
product choices. The focus is on durability and 
cost compared with non-recycled items.  In 
addition, appropriate recycling bins will be 
placed at the relevant sites and these will be 
recovered using an appropriate provider.

1 www.gov.scot
2 www.sustainabletravel.org
3 www.space.com

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202321

The ESG Group has evolved to establish a Fuel 
Sub-group.  The Fuel Sub-group includes 
representatives from all areas of the business, 
to ensure a collaborative approach, to examine 
fuel usage and efficiency relating to HGV and 
yellow plant, including investigating the 
potential use of alternative fuels. In conjunction 
with the Fuel Sub-group, the business is 
exploring opportunities to utilise HVO, where 
possible. Trials using HVO have been carried 
out which show 95% reductions in carbon 
emissions. All of the Group’s HGV fleet can use 
HVO and this offering is now made to 
every client.

Plant operators are being encouraged to 
reduce their idling time by 10-15%.  Our 
Specialist Earthworks business is part of the UK 
Team for the creation of a new European 
Earthworks Sustainability Technical Report, 
aimed at sharing best practice in earthworks 
sustainability with our European peers. The 
business has been awarded the Best 
Environmental Sustainability Initiative Award at 
the EKFB C23 Awards for the design, supply 
and installation of the Small Dean Conveyor 
Project in Wendover, Buckinghamshire, as part 
of HS2.  The conveyor has eliminated the 
equivalent of 1.15 million miles of road haulage, 
saving 1.6 million litres of diesel; offset over 
5,000 tonnes of CO2 (equivalent to planting 
30,000 trees); and reduced construction noise 
by over 50%.

In conjunction with an external provider, the 
business has begun building a stock of 
earthmoving remould tyres, rather than 
purchasing new. This process includes worn 
tyres being removed from the machine, x-rayed, 
inspected, buffed, repaired and refilled. By 
utilising remould products, both new materials 
and energy requirements are significantly 
reduced in the tyre production process. As a 
tyre can be remoulded up to three times, tyre 
disposal will also be reduced. The provider 
issues monthly Maple Programme certificates, 
showing CO2 and oil savings, through 
purchasing remould products. Typically, using 
remould tyres reduces energy used in tyre 
production by 30%4.

No significant environmental incidents were 
reported in the year within the Group. Through 
the ESG Group, the usage of gas and electricity 
consumption is analysed, in addition to 
establishing metrics and targets, which have 
been approved by the Audit & Risk Committee.

FY23 Carbon Reduction Targets
Group carbon reduction targets set for FY23 
were:

•  To reduce plant idling time by 6%;

 ū average plant idling time has reduced to 
28% from 34% in line with the target.
•  To improve the kilometres per litre achieved 

by the haulage fleet by 3%;
 ū a 2.12% improvement has been achieved 

against this challenging objective.

•  To reduce the MW consumed by office 

based employees by 2%.
 ū in FY23, 1.62MW were consumed 
compared with 1.8MW in FY22, a 
reduction of 10%.

FY24 Targets
The Group has set three targets for the next 
financial year which are focussed on 
developing strong ESG management systems. 
The targets are as follows:

•  To prepare a Sustainability Framework 
supported by management plans for 
carbon, waste and energy to align with the 
UK Government’s goal of achieving Net 
Zero Carbon by 2050;

•  To attain a Silver Level Rating in the Supply 

Chain Sustainability School;

•  To plant at least 40,000 trees on the Group’s 

own land which would equate to 
5,000 tonnes of carbon capture over the life 
of those trees.

SECR
The Group’s Scope 1, 2 and 3 emission data is 
set out in the table below.

The Group has achieved a 10.1% reduction  
in Scope 1 and 2 emissions and a 18.7% 
reduction per employee in a year where 
activity levels have increased substantially 
with revenue growing by almost 19%. The 
modest increase on measurable Scope 3 
emissions is principally due to less home 
working as Covid 19 restrictions were eased. 
The 2022 figures have been restated to 
correct errors in both the Scope 1 and  
Scope 3 figures.

Methodology
The Group follows ISO14064:1 standard for its 
reporting and takes the operational control 
approach to reporting. The conversion of 
units of fuel used into tonnes of CO2e has 
been done utilising the UK Government 
Conversion Factors 2023.

Scope 1 emissions have been calculated by 
taking the total number of litres of fuel used 
in operations during the reporting period and 
converting them to tonnes of CO2e using the 
appropriate conversion factor.

Scope 2 emissions have been calculated by 
taking the total kWh of electricity and gas 
used at the Groups premises during the 
reporting period and converting them to 
tonnes of CO2e using the appropriate 
conversion factor.

Scope 3 emissions have been calculated by 
taking the total litres of fuel purchased for 
business travel as well as an estimate of 
emissions for business flights. 

The Board considers that the disclosures 
above meet the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 sections 414CA and with 
the exclusion of paragraphs 414CB (2A) (e), (f), 
(g) and (h) as the Board considers there to be 
no such material risks.

Scope 1 and 2 Global GHG emissions

Combustion of fuels in operations and services provided

Electricity, steam, heat and cooling for own use

Total footprint

Emissions reported above per employee

Scope 3

Tonnes of CO2e
2023

Tonnes of CO2e

2022 Change %

16,323

302

18,034

-9.5%

453

-33.3%

16,625

18,487

-10.1%

12.2

15.0

-18.7%

Business travel (air, rail and vehicles)

262

248

+5.6%

⁴ Kaltire data, validated by SCS Global Services

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements22

Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Social

Employee Wellbeing
Hargreaves is committed to employee 
wellbeing, from ensuring a satisfactory 
work-life balance, through flexible working and 
strict adherence to our rigorous policies, to 
ensuring employees are actively supported 
through our free of charge Employee 
Assistance Programme (‘EAP’).  The EAP 
provides confidential 24/7 online and 
telephone assistance, to support issues from 
mental health and physical support to legal 
and financial advice.  In addition, the business 
has a total of 40 trained Mental Health First 
Aiders, 32 across the UK and 8 in Hong Kong.  
These individuals are the first point of contact 
for an informal chat or to sign post employees 
to the correct professional advice.

To help employees budget through the 
current cost of living crisis, our employees 
benefit from generous discounts from high 
street and online retailers via the Hargreaves 
Rewards platform using their online account or 
via an app.  At the end of May 2023, employees 
have saved a total of £20,000 since the 
platform launched in December 2021.

In partnership with an external coaching 
mentor, Hargreaves is supporting potential and 
existing Line Managers by delivering a 
Management Development Programme 
aimed towards actions and behaviours to 
improve team engagement and business 
performance.  Course modules cover 
numerous topics, including customer focus, 
effective communication, engagement and 
inclusivity, and coaching and mentoring.

As part of our commitment to employee 
wellbeing and safety, we issued all employees 
with an electronic survey to gather anonymous 
feedback on the support and benefits offered to 
them.  This feedback is used to guide changes 
and improvements. Fresh fruit is provided in 
breakout areas to encourage employees to 
benefit from a healthy balanced diet.

The charts below show the difference in mean 
(average) hourly rate between men and 
women. Within the Group, the main areas of 
work are in logistics, production and industrial 
services including material handling and 
maintenance. The majority of roles within 
these sectors are direct workers i.e. labourers, 
drivers, machine operators, shift work with 
irregular working patterns. The median gender 
pay gap was 46.02%.

Difference in Mean Hourly Rate

Difference in Median Hourly Rate

20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

£18.05

£14.79

Male

Female

20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

£15.69

£10.75

Male

Female

Whilst the hourly rates are higher for the males, the median bonus average is higher for females. 
The percentage of females receiving a bonus (49%) is also greater than the percentage of males 
receiving a bonus (38.81%).

Bonus Pay - Mean

Bonus Pay - Median

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

£5,941

£2,556

Male

Female

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

£12,445

£1,500

Male

Female

The graphical information below illustrates the 
diverse nature of the Group, identifying the 
ethnicity and gender split of our workforce. 
The number of individuals who have identified 
themselves as disabled is 7.

Group Ethnicity Split

White British 65.57%
Asian 28.69%
Black African 2.47%
White African 1.87%
Mixed Race 0.67%
Black British 0.52%
European 0.07%
Indian 0.07%

Group Gender Split

Female

15%

85%

Male

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202323

Social Engagement
The Group continues to support local 
communities, activities and events that 
employees are actively involved with through 
its £50,000 per annum Corporate Social 
Responsibility Fund (‘CSR Fund’).  During the 
current financial year, we have supported a 
total of 76 events, donations and initiatives 
across all areas of the business.  These include 
sponsorship of 5 charity golf days; sponsorship 
of 29 adult and junior teams; 9 employee 
matched donations of sponsored events; 
donations to 9 community events and 
foodbanks; donations to 7 local schools, 
nurseries and hospitals; supplied 5 charity 
events with raffle prizes; 3 donations in 
memory of an employee or a family member; 
donations to 3 scout/cub groups; sponsorship 
of 2 local Christmas trees; and sponsorship of 
local businesses and attractions, some of 
which offer staff discounts and benefits, such 
as Durham Cathedral and Ushaw College.

Elsewhere, Hargreaves is also focussed on local 
communities.  The business was recently 
awarded a ten year logistics contract for 
Durham County Council and intends to focus 
its CSR funding projects within this region.  In 
addition, the business was ‘Highly 
Commended’ for ‘Safer Transport and Logistics’ 
at the MPA Health and Safety Awards in 
January 2023.

For the second year, we are proud to sponsor 
the North East England Chamber of Commerce 
Inspiring Female awards.  The awards recognise 
the inspirational and influential women across 
a range of businesses in the region.

At the end of FY23, Hargreaves Land has 
delivered 144 housing plots dedicated to social 
housing development and is contracted to 
deliver a further 100 social housing plots in 
FY24.  Hargreaves Land continues to explore 
opportunities where integrated placemaking 
principles can ensure a mix of tenures are 
delivered on each new development.

Our business is focussed on recruiting plant 
operators from outside the industry, recently 
recruiting 30 individuals.  In addition, they 
retained 75% of new operators who 
successfully completed their training through 
the award winning Blackwell Earthmoving 
Training Academy in FY23.  294 people 
attended a Plant and People Interface 
Behavioural Awareness Training Week at the 
HS2 project.  This included a visit from Chiltern 
Wood School for teenagers with special 
educational needs as part of a social 
engagement programme.

St Andrew’s Church 
Niall Fraser and Val Hartley presenting a 
cheque to St Andrew’s Church, Earls 
Colne, to help with fundraising for the 
restoration of their historic bells.

MPA Awards 
Graeme Lightbody, SHE Manager, 
proudly displaying our very  
well-received commendation.

Brandon United 
The team looking 
ready for action in 
their sponsored team 
kit (Isaac Gittins, an 
employee’s son, front 
and centre)

Immingham Town Council 
One of our sponsored Christmas trees 
looking impressive outside Immingham 
Civic Centre.

Maltby Town Council 
Sponsorship of the recent King’s 
Coronation celebrations, which 
provided a great opportunity for 
communities to come together.

Governance

Hargreaves is committed to maintaining high 
standards of corporate governance and has 
adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (‘QCA 
Code’). The Company complies with each of 
the ten principles of the QCA Code.

Around the Group, businesses hold various 
accreditations including ISO45001, ISO9001 
and ISO14001.  Additionally, the Group is well 
advanced in moving towards attaining 
ISO27001. These internationally recognised 

accreditations underpin the high standards we 
continue to achieve. In addition, our Logistics 
business holds FORS accreditation. This is a 
voluntary accreditation scheme for fleet 
operators which aims to raise the level of 
quality within fleet operations and 
demonstrates which operators are achieving 
exemplary levels of best practice, efficiency 
and environmental protection.

Further information on corporate governance 
is set out earlier in this Annual Report.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements24

Board of Directors

Roger McDowell  
(aged 68)
Non-Executive Chair

Gordon Banham 
(aged 59)
Group Chief Executive

John Samuel 
(aged 67)
Group Finance Director

David Anderson  
(aged 56)
Group Property Director

David joined the Board as Group 
Property Director in November 
2018. David joined from Henry 
Boot Developments Limited, the 
principal property development 
subsidiary of Henry Boot PLC, 
where he had served as a Director 
since 1996 and as Managing 
Director since 2005. He led the 
growth in revenue of that 
business from less than £10m in 
2005 to over £220m in 2017. 
David’s 25 years of experience and 
success in the field of property 
development brings the 
appropriate knowledge and 
understanding of that market 
necessary to assist the Group’s 
growth in that business area.

Gordon was Managing Director of 
his family firm, F Banham Limited, 
until 1994 when he negotiated its 
sale to Charrington Fuels and was 
appointed as General Manager of 
the combined businesses. On the 
acquisition of Charringtons by the 
CPL Group in 1995, he was made 
Distribution Director responsible 
for the enlarged group’s coal 
distribution activities. Gordon 
joined Hargreaves in 2001, 
subsequently being appointed as 
Group Chief Executive. He led the 
management buyout of the 
Company in 2004 and its 
subsequent flotation on the 
London Stock Exchange the 
following year. Gordon’s 
knowledge of the Group and its 
various business interests is 
unrivalled, and he continues to 
have a detailed involvement in all 
material matters with which the 
Group is engaged. Gordon is a 
Director of Robertson Homes 
(East Anglia) Limited.

John is a Chartered Accountant 
and qualified with Deloitte & Co in 
1981. He became a partner with 
Baker Tilly in 1986, leaving that 
firm to join Filtronic plc in 1991, 
leading its flotation in 1994 and 
serving as Finance Director until 
2004. He then served as Chief 
Financial Officer of Zetex plc for 
two years, before serving as Group 
Finance Director of Renew 
Holdings plc for twelve years from 
2006, prior to joining the 
Company in January 2018. John is 
a Director of Ilkley Toy Museum 
Limited. John’s experience as the 
senior financial officer in a number 
of public companies, including 
those which have experienced 
substantial growth through 
business change, has been 
particularly relevant to the Group. 
John steps down from the Board 
on 9 August 2023 to be 
succeeded by Stephen Craigen.

Roger was appointed Chair of the 
Company and the Nominations 
Committee on 1 August 2018 after 
joining the Board in May 2018. He is 
also a member of the 
Remuneration and Audit & Risk 
Committees. Roger spent his 
executive career working in his 
family’s business, pipeline products 
distributor Oliver Ashworth. He was 
Managing Director for eighteen 
years, leading the business through 
dramatic growth (from £1m to 
£100m turnover), main market 
listing and ultimate sale to 
St Gobain. Thereafter he has taken 
on Chair or non-executive roles in 
private equity backed and listed 
businesses in a variety of sectors 
including; engineering, 
manufacturing, waste 
management, renewable energy, 
financial services, IT, and telecoms. 
Roger currently serves as Chair of 
Avingtrans plc and Flowtech 
Fluidpower plc. He is also a 
Non-Executive Director of Tribal 
Group plc, Proteome Sciences plc, 
British Smaller Companies VCT2 
PLC, Brand Architekts Group plc 
and Koheilan Ltd. As can be seen 
from the above, Roger has 
extensive business management 
experience in both executive and 
non-executive roles which 
provides the Board with relevant 
commercial and governance 
experience. He also has strong 
relationships with many of the 
Company’s major shareholders, 
built up over several years with a 
number of companies.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202325

Nigel Halkes FCA 
(aged 67)
Non-Executive Director 
(acting Non-Executive Chair)

Nigel was appointed to the Board 
in August 2015 and serves as Chair 
of the Audit & Risk Committee. 
He is also a member of the 
Remuneration Committee. He is a 
Chartered Accountant and was a 
partner at Ernst & Young for 
25 years, rising to become 
Managing Partner of Markets for 
the UK and Ireland, responsible for 
the firm’s growth strategy, key 
relationships, and business 
development. He retired from 
Ernst & Young at the end of 2013 
to pursue a portfolio non-
executive career spanning the 
public, private and charitable 
sectors. Nigel is a Non-Executive 
Director of Tribal Group plc and a 
Trustee of the Hugo Halkes 
Foundation. Nigel’s extensive 
professional experience brings 
rigour and insight to the Board 
particularly with regard to 
financial accounting and risk 
management.

Chris Jones  
(aged 57) 
Non-Executive Director

Nicholas Mills  
(aged 33)
Non-Executive Director

Stephen Craigen  
(aged 39)
Director

Stephen joined the Board in 
August 2023 as Director. He 
graduated from the University of 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne with a 
Masters degree in Mathematics 
and Statistics. Stephen is an 
experienced chartered accountant 
having qualified whilst at PwC.

Stephen joined Hargreaves in a 
Group Finance role in 2013 and 
progressed to Group Financial 
Controller in 2017, a position he 
held until his appointment to the 
Board and, as such, has a deep 
understanding of the Hargreaves 
business model. Stephen will 
succeed John Samuel as Group 
Finance Director on 9 August 2023. 

Chris joined the Board in April 
2020. He is a member of both the 
Remuneration and Audit & Risk 
Committee. He is a property 
consultant and Chartered 
Surveyor with over 30 years’ direct 
experience working with a broad 
range of organisations within the 
UK investment and development 
sectors of the commercial 
property market. As a founding 
partner of his investment 
practice - Christopher Dee LLP, 
based in Manchester, he has 
provided advice to private and 
institutional clients on all aspects 
of commercial property 
investment, development, and 
funding work. Chris retains a role 
within Christopher Dee LLP to 
manage a UK wide unit linked 
property investment fund, where 
he reports directly to their board 
on all strategic matters. Chris is 
also a Director of The Creative 
Property Group Ltd and Doon Villa 
Holdings Ltd.

Nick joined the Board in 2020 as 
Non-Executive Director and 
currently serves as the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. He has 
been employed by Harwood 
Capital LLP since 2019 after 
spending 5 years at Gabelli 
Asset Management in New York. 
He acted primarily as a Research 
Analyst covering the 
multi-industrial space and also 
gained experience in Merger 
Arbitrage strategies and marketing 
Closed End Funds. He has a 
Bachelor of Science Degree from 
Boston College’s Carroll School of 
Management. Nick is a Director of 
Harwood Capital Management 
Limited, Harwood Capital 
Management (Gibraltar) Limited, 
Growth Financial Services Limited, 
62 Pont Street (Freehold) Ltd, 
Niox Group Plc and North Atlantic 
Investment Services Limited.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements26

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Directors’ Report and financial statements for the year ended 31 May 2023. 

Principal Activities
The principal activities of the Group during the year were the provision of haulage services, waste transportation, processing of minerals, mechanical 
and electrical engineering and materials handling, dealing in plant and machinery, the development and sale of land, civil engineering, and 
specialist earthworks. 

Results and Proposed Dividend 
The profit for the year from continuing operations was £27,926,000 (2022: £32,507,000*). Following the payment of an interim dividend of 
3.0p per share on 6 April 2023, the Directors recommend a final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2023 of 6.0p (2022: 5.6p) per share.

The Directors also propose to declare an additional dividend of 12.0p (2022: 12.0p) per ordinary share following receipt of monies to be paid to the 
Company by HRMS.

It is proposed that the final dividend and additional dividend will be paid on 30 October 2023 to shareholders on the register on 22 September 2023. 
The shares will become ex-dividend on 21 September 2023. The proposed dividends have not been provided for in these financial statements as they 
were not declared and approved before the year end. 

Outlook
The current trading and outlook for the Group is disclosed within the Chair’s Statement above.

Financial Instruments 
The financial risks faced by the Group and its policy in respect of these risks are set out in Note 29 of the financial statements. 

Policy and Practice on Payment of Creditors 
The Group does not operate a defined code of practice regarding payment to suppliers. The Group determines conditions of payment for its own 
supply of goods and services. It is the Group’s policy that transactions are then settled in compliance with these legal or other contractual obligations 
having regard to good commercial practice. 

Directors 
The Directors who held office during the year and to date are as follows: 

Roger McDowell
Nigel Halkes
Christopher Jones
Nicholas Mills
Gordon Banham 
David Anderson
John Samuel 
Stephen Craigen (appointed 1 August 2023)

The names and biographical details of the Directors at the date of this Directors’ Report are given in the Board of Directors section of this Annual Report.

Roger McDowell is taking a temporary sabbatical break for personal reasons from 5 June 2023 and is expected to return to his duties in September 
2023. In Roger’s absence, Nigel Halkes, the Senior Independent Director, has assumed the Chair. Additionally, John Samuel will step down as Group 
Finance Director and Board Director on 9 August 2023 when John will be succeeded as Group Finance Director by Stephen Craigen who was 
appointed to the Board on 1 August 2023.

All Directors are required to retire by rotation every three years, in line with the Articles of Association. An evaluation of the performance of each 
Director and of the Board is carried out annually and the performance of each continues to be effective and demonstrates commitment to the role. 
The Directors required to retire by rotation at this year’s AGM are set out below.

The Company provides indemnities to each of its Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association. Additional 
information relating to Directors’ remuneration, service contracts and interests in the Company’s shares is given in the Remuneration Report.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202327

The Directors who held office at the end of the financial year had the following interests in the shares of the Company according to the register of 
Directors’ interests (audited):

Gordon Banham (held by GB Holdings (2021) Limited)

Gordon Banham

Roger McDowell

Nigel Halkes

Christopher Jones 

Nicholas Mills*

John Samuel

David Anderson

Class of share

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Interest at end 
of year

Interest at 
beginning of year

2,646,825

2,646,825

29,704

442,557

5,000

79,369

10,000

28,000

58,100

29,704

442,557

5,000

79,369

–

28,000

58,100

*  Nicholas Mills is an employee of Harwood Capital LLP, which owns 9,200,000 ordinary shares of the Company, being 28.26% of the issued share capital.

Details of Directors’ emoluments are set out in the Remuneration Report. All the Directors benefited from qualifying third-party indemnity provisions 
in place during the year and at the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Except as listed below, according to the register of Directors’ interests, no rights to subscribe for shares in Group companies were granted to any of 
the Directors or their immediate families or exercised by them during the financial year and up to the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Options vested but not exercised at the date of this report

Director

Gordon Banham

Gordon Banham

John Samuel

John Samuel

John Samuel

David Anderson

Exercise price per share

10 pence per ordinary share

Date of vesting

4 August 2023

10 pence per ordinary share

13 December 2022

10 pence per ordinary share

4 August 2023

10 pence per ordinary share

13 December 2022

10 pence per ordinary share

31 January 2022

10 pence per ordinary share

4 August 2023

Number of shares 
vested

59,132

24,249

59,132

24,249

29,704

47,517

The options listed above may be exercised up to two years following the date of vesting. 

Grant of Options 

Director

David Anderson

Exercise price per share

Date of share 
award

Number of shares 
awarded

10 pence per ordinary share

1 August 2022

22,671

The above options were granted under the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme and may not be exercised before 2 August 2025.

Exercise of Options
No options have been exercised during the financial year ended 31 May 2023 (2022: 167,586)

Retirement of Directors
In accordance with the Articles of Association one-third of Directors retire by rotation each year. The Directors retiring by rotation are 
Christopher Jones, Roger McDowell and Nicholas Mills, who being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. Additionally, Stephen Craigen, who was 
appointed to the Board on 1 August 2023, also offers himself for re-election. 

Disclosable Interests
As at 4 August 2023, the Company had been notified of the following shareholders with 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company:

Shareholder

Harwood Capital LLP

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc

GB Holdings (2021) Limited

Downing LLP

The above disclosures are in accordance with the last TR1 notification to the Company by shareholders.

Number of 
ordinary shares

% of issued share 
capital

9,200,000

3,224,088

2,646,825

1,617,695

28.26%

9.90%

8.13%

4.97%

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements28

Directors’ Report continued

Company Secretary
David Hankin, a qualified solicitor and in house Legal Counsel, will succeed John Samuel as Company Secretary on 9 August 2023.

Employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered. Employment policies are designed to provide opportunities 
irrespective of colour, ethnic or national origin, nationality, sex, sexual orientation or marital status. In the event of employees becoming disabled 
every effort is made, including appropriate training, to ensure that their employment with the Group continues. 

The Directors recognise the importance of good communications and good relations with employees. Regular meetings are held between the 
Chief Executive and senior managers who cascade relevant information through their reporting systems. The Group intranet also provides regular 
information to employees to inform them of developments within the Group. An employee e-newsletter is issued on a six-monthly basis to inform 
individuals in relation to various topics around the Group including employee benefits and human-interest stories.

Directors’ Section 172(1) Statement
The Board acknowledges its responsibility under section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 and sets out below the key processes and consideration 
that demonstrate how the Directors promote the success of the Group. The below statement sets out the requirements of the Act, section 172(1), and 
notes how the Directors discharge their duties. 

As noted in the Corporate Governance Report, the Group is headed by an experienced and effective Board, which controls and leads the Group. The 
Board meets at least ten times per year, receiving appropriate information from management on a timely basis, and making further detailed enquiries 
where necessary to enable it to fully discharge its duties. Each decision that is made by the Directors is supported by papers which analyse the 
possible outcomes so that an appropriate decision can be made based upon the likely impact on the performance and position of the Group. This 
enables a decision to be made which best promotes the success of the Group and considers the impact on the wider stakeholder group. Factors 
below are all considered during the decision-making process.

Likely consequences of any decisions in the long term
As part of the Board’s decision-making process, they are given access to management papers which set out the potential outcome of decisions. The 
papers evaluate both the financial impact against forecast, as well as non-financial factors and how the decision fits with the strategy of the Group. 
Through a well-designed system of internal reporting and control the Board has devolved certain levels of autonomy to management to run and 
develop the business of the Group. 

The Group has an annual budget and five-year plan which is reviewed regularly to benchmark performance and achievements against its long-term 
strategy. Each year, the Board holds a session with each of the business unit Managing Directors and other senior management to review and 
reconsider the strategy of each business unit. This includes consideration of market conditions and opportunities, investment requirements and 
capital allocation, the overhead cost base and margins. The Board then considers the outlook for the entire Group and the opportunities to create, 
deliver and realise value for shareholders. The Board’s strategy is focused on delivering reliable and growing profits in its Services business. 
Additionally, in Hargreaves Land, the Board has decided to look to realise the value of land which has rental income deriving from third party 
renewable energy assets progressively over the next few years, whilst strengthening the pipeline of development projects. 

The Board continued to support HRMS through the provision of short-term interest bearing loans whilst commodity prices were historically strong, 
utilising available cash funds to increase the joint venture’s trading capacity. Those loans were fully repaid by 31 May 2023. The Board is now actively 
considering using surplus cash resources to buy out the Group’s final salary pension scheme obligations and is engaged in discussions with the 
schemes’ Trustees and advisers.

Interests of the Group’s employees
The Directors actively consider the interest of employees in all major decisions. The Board encourages feedback from employees to improve the 
culture and working environment of the Group. The Group Chief Executive holds regular meetings with senior managers both to keep them 
informed of Board decisions and shareholder feedback but also to gather views and input from the business units. The senior managers then cascade 
that information down through the businesses through their reporting channels. Additionally, the Group’s intranet and regular in house newsletter 
carry a range of statements and information updates which employees can access. 

The Group also operates various LTIP schemes for the Directors and other senior employees based on performance criteria. The Board believes this 
encourages employee engagement in promoting the success of the Group and in aligning the financial interests of the Executive Directors and other 
senior employees with those of the shareholders. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202329

The need to foster the Group’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others 
The Directors have identified the stakeholders of the Group and review regularly to ensure adequate communication and engagement is ongoing 
with each stakeholder group. The Board recognises that the Group’s customers, suppliers and employees are crucial to its success. An on-line 
questionnaire which covers a number of areas in which the Group interacts with employees has recently been commissioned so that employee 
feedback can be gathered, considered and acted upon. The Group has established long-term relationships with key customers and suppliers and the 
Board encourages feedback from them to improve decision making. For key customers and suppliers, appropriate due diligence is undertaken 
around their working practices and ethics as well as their financial stability and viability. 

One of our strategic priorities is our commitment to the highest practicable standards of health and safety, which has enabled us to secure and 
maintain valuable contracts, as detailed in “Impact of the Group’s operations on the community and environment” below. 

Impact of the Group’s operations on the community and environment
The Group takes its responsibility within the community and wider environment seriously. There are specific information channels in respect of health 
& safety matters. The Group has a proactive approach to safety, health and the environment and is committed to the highest practicable standards of 
safety and health management and the minimisation of adverse environmental impacts (as further detailed in the Environmental, Social and 
Governance report and “Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours” of the Corporate Governance 
Report). The Group publishes its annual global emissions in compliance with the streamlined energy and carbon reporting (“SECR”) regulations 
detailed in “Carbon emissions” below. 

The desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct
The Group is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (“the QCA Code”). The Group’s approach in relation to complying with each of the ten principles of the QCA Code is set out in 
the Corporate Governance Report. 

To monitor and strengthen further Group compliance with corporate governance, the Board undertakes a self-assessment annual performance 
review. The assessment provides an effective platform for reviewing performance and, over time, a greater focus has developed on particular 
recommendations, which has prompted fruitful discussions among the Board and influenced its operation. The 2023 review has been carried out 
with the Board focusing on those areas where one or more of the Directors had indicated a concern. In particular, the Board considered that Board 
diversity is a key area for focus in the future.

The Group has a strong ethical culture based upon its Code of Ethics which can be found on the Group’s website. The Group’s reputation is built on 
its values as a Group, the values of its employees, and the collective commitment to acting at all times with integrity. Part of the work of the Audit & 
Risk Committee involves reviewing the Group Whistleblowing Policy by which employees of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about 
possible financial or other improprieties. Where there is a need to seek advice on particular issues, the Board will liaise with its lawyers and nominated 
advisers to ensure the consideration of business conduct, and its reputation is maintained. 

The need to act fairly between members of the Group
An important role of the Board is to represent and promote the interests of the Group’s shareholders as well as being accountable to them for the 
performance and activities of the Group. The Board engages with its shareholders through presentations, conference calls, face-to-face meetings and 
the Annual General Meeting. Following the announcement of the Group’s half-year and year-end results, presentations are made to analysts and 
major shareholders to update them on progress and invite them to ask questions. The Board has also introduced the use of online real time 
webcasting of its results presentations which enables all interested parties, including private shareholders, to access information and to ask questions 
of Executive Directors. The Board is updated on the latest shareholder information by the receipt of shareholder register movements, analyst reports 
and feedback from the Group’s brokers and Financial PR Advisers following investor presentations after half-year and year-end results. The Board 
incorporates this feedback into its decision-making processes. All Directors attended the Annual General Meeting in 2022 and engaged in discussion 
with the shareholders present. The Group provides contact details on the investor relations page of its website and in the Notice to the 2023 Annual 
General Meeting which investors can use to contact the Group, giving equal access to all investors and potential investors. 

Carbon Emissions
Information on carbon emissions in accordance with the SECR regulations is set out in the ESG report. 

Purchase of Own Shares
The Directors are authorised to make market purchases of the Company’s own shares under an authority granted at the Annual General Meeting 
held on 27 October 2022. The Directors will seek authority to make market purchases of up to fifteen per cent of the Company’s own shares at the 
2023 Annual General Meeting (full details are available in the 2023 Notice of Annual General Meeting).

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements30

Directors’ Report continued

Approval to Issue Shares
The Directors will seek authority to allot up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount of £1,085,067 at the 2023 Annual General Meeting (full details 
are available in the 2023 Notice of Annual General Meeting).

Disclosure of Information to Auditor 
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and each Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director to make 
himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. 

Independent Auditor 
The Board proposes to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor. Resolutions concerning their continued appointment and to authorise the 
Audit & Risk Committee of the Board of Directors to agree their remuneration will be put to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting of the 
Company (full details are available in the 2023 Notice of Annual General Meeting).

By order of the Board 

John Samuel
Company Secretary
8 August 2023

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Corporate Governance

31

The Company is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (“the QCA Code”). The Company’s approach in relation to complying with each of the ten principles of the QCA Code is set 
out below.

Deliver Growth
Principle 1: Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders
The Board has established a strategy and business model which seek to promote long-term value for shareholders. This is set out in the Strategic 
Report section of this Annual Report and follows the theme of Create, Deliver, Realise. Additionally, in Hargreaves Land, the Board has decided to look 
to realise land which has rental income deriving from third party renewable energy assets progressively over the next few years, whilst strengthening 
the pipeline of development projects. The risks to the Group posed by this transition have been evaluated by the Board and continue to be on a 
regular basis. These risks and the Board’s views on the mitigations which balance them are set out in the Risk Management section of this report.

Principle 2: Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations
An important role of the Board is to represent and promote the interests of the Company’s shareholders as well as being accountable to them for the 
performance and activities of the Group. The Board believes it is important to engage with its shareholders and aims to do this through 
presentations, conference calls, face-to-face meetings and the Annual General Meeting. Following the announcement of the Group’s half-year and 
year-end results, presentations are made to analysts and major shareholders to update them on progress and invite them to ask questions. The Board 
has also introduced the use of online real time webcasting of its results presentations which enables all interested parties, including private 
shareholders, to access information and to ask questions of Executive Directors. The Board is updated on the latest shareholder information by the 
receipt of shareholder register movements, analyst reports and feedback from the Company’s brokers and Financial PR Advisers following investor 
road shows after half-year and year-end results. All Directors attend the Annual General Meeting and engage in discussion with shareholders present. 
The Company provides contact details on the investor relations page of its website which investors can use to contact the Company. 

Principle 3: Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long-term success
The Board recognises that the Group’s customers, suppliers and employees are crucial to its success. The Group has established long-term 
relationships with key customers and suppliers and the Board encourages feedback from employees to improve the culture and working 
environment of the Group. The Group Chief Executive holds regular meetings with senior managers both to keep them informed of Board decisions 
and shareholder feedback but also to gather views and input from the business units. The senior managers then cascade that information down 
through the businesses through their reporting channels. Additionally, the Group’s intranet and in house newsletter carry a range of statements and 
information updates which employees can access. There are specific information channels in respect of health & safety matters. The Group has a 
proactive approach to safety, health and the environment and is committed to the highest practicable standards of safety and health management 
and the minimisation of adverse environmental impacts (as further detailed below at “Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical 
values and behaviours”).

Principle 4: Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation
The Company’s approach to risk is set out within the Risk Management section of this Annual Report. The Board has devolved considerable levels of 
autonomy to management to run and develop the business of the Group. The Board believes that a well-designed system of internal reporting and 
control is necessary. The Board therefore continues to have overall responsibility to develop and strengthen internal controls. The Audit & Risk 
Committee, on behalf of the Board, has the responsibility for reviewing internal controls. The system is designed to provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance that the assets of the Group are safeguarded, that proper accounting records are maintained, and that reliable financial 
information is produced. All subsidiary undertakings are required to adhere to specified internal control procedures. The Audit & Risk Committee 
receives regular reports on internal control. Monitoring of compliance with the Group’s system of internal control is undertaken by all levels of 
management and the internal audit function. This is reinforced by the role fulfilled by the Audit & Risk Committee (as further detailed below at 
“Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making by the Board”).

Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair
The Board
The Group is headed by an effective Board, which controls and leads the Group. The Board meets at least ten times per year, receiving appropriate 
information from management on a timely basis, and making further detailed enquiries where necessary to enable it to fully discharge its duties. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements32

Corporate Governance continued

The Directors attended the following meetings in the year ended 31 May 2023:

Attendance at meetings

Number of meetings

Gordon Banham 

Nigel Halkes

John Samuel

Roger McDowell

David Anderson 

Christopher Jones

Nicholas Mills 

Audit & Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

Board 

11 

11 attended 

4 

n/a

2 

n/a

11 attended

4 attended

2 attended

11 attended

n/a

n/a

11 attended

4 attended

2 attended

1 attended

11 attended

11 attended

11 attended

n/a

4 attended

4 attended

n/a

2 attended

2 attended

n/a

1 attended

1 attended

1 

1 attended

1 attended

n/a

The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Group and has ultimate responsibility for the management, direction and 
performance of the Group and its businesses. The Board is required to exercise objective judgement on all corporate matters and is accountable to 
shareholders for the proper conduct of the business. All Directors have access to the advice and services of Group Legal Counsel who assists the 
Company Secretary. The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring that procedures are followed and for compliance with 
applicable rules and regulations. There is a clearly defined division of responsibilities between the Chair and the Group Chief Executive. The Chair is 
primarily responsible for the leadership and effective working of the Board. This is achieved by:

• 

 chairing Board meetings, setting the agendas in consultation with the Group Chief Executive and Company Secretary and encouraging the 
Directors to participate actively in Board discussions;

• 

leading the performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors;

•  promoting high standards of corporate governance;

•  ensuring timely and accurate distribution of information to the Directors and effective communication with shareholders;

•  periodically holding meetings with the Non-executive Directors without the Executive Directors present; and

• 

 establishing an effective working relationship with the Group Chief Executive by providing support and advice whilst respecting executive 
responsibility.

The Group Chief Executive is responsible for the executive management of the Group and for ensuring the implementation and execution of Board 
strategy and policy within approved business plans, budgets and timescales. Further details of the composition of the Board and Director’s 
attendance at Board and Committee meetings are set out in this Annual Report.

Non-executive Directors
Non-executive Directors bring a wide range of experience to the Group. The QCA Code states that the Board should have at least two independent 
Non-executive Directors and that, since independence can easily be compromised, Non-executive Directors should not normally participate in 
performance-related remuneration schemes. The Board currently has four Non-executive Directors including the Non-executive Chair. Roger 
McDowell (on temporary sabbatical from 5 June 2023 for personal reasons) was a participant in the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan scheme 
entitled the Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019, which was approved by shareholders at a general meeting of the Company on 
22 January 2019. Roger McDowell has exercised and retained ownership of all of the 112,557 shares which vested to him under that scheme. 
The Board considers that Nicholas Mills is independent although he is employed by Harwood Capital LLP, which owns 28.26% of the shares in the 
Company. Whilst the Board considers that Roger McDowell and Nicholas Mills are independent, in any event, the Board has two other independent 
Non-executive Directors.

Conflicts of Interest
The Articles of Association enable the Directors to authorise any situation in which a Director has an interest that conflicts or has the potential to 
conflict with the Company’s and Group’s interests and which would otherwise be a breach of the Director’s duty under section 175 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Board has a formal system in place for Directors to declare such situations to be considered for authorisation by those Directors who 
have no interest in the matter being considered. The Nominations Committee reviews conflicts of interests when considering new Board 
appointments.

Principle 6: Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities
Details of the Directors’ skills and experience are set out in Directors’ biography page within this Annual Report. The Directors bring a wide range of 
expertise on issues related to operations, strategy and governance. The Board is satisfied that, between the Directors, it has an effective and 
appropriate mix of skills and experience.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202333

All newly appointed Directors receive a full, formal and tailored induction on joining the Board, including meetings with senior management and 
advisers and visits to the Group’s operational locations. The Board calendar is planned to ensure that Directors are briefed on a wide range of topics 
throughout the year and are given the opportunity to visit sites and discuss aspects of the business with employees. The Board recognises that the 
Directors have a diverse range of experience and encourages them to attend external seminars and briefings that will assist them individually. 
Directors have access to independent professional advice at the Group’s expense where they judge this to be necessary to discharge their 
responsibilities as Directors. All Directors have access to the advice and services of Group Legal Counsel who assists the Company Secretary, who is 
responsible to the Board for ensuring compliance with Board procedures.

The Board has been advised by Jones Lang LaSalle Limited with regard to the valuation and planned realisation of its renewable energy land assets 
and, additionally, is advised by its nominated adviser Singer Capital Markets. 

Principle 7: Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement
To further strengthen Group compliance, the Board undertakes annual performance reviews that review and measure its effectiveness and that of its 
Committees. Each Board/Committee member completes an assessment, which provides numeric scoring against specific categories. Each Board/
Committee member also provides recommendations for improvement of the effectiveness of the Board/Committee. The assessments provide an 
effective platform for reviewing performance and, over time, a greater focus has developed on particular recommendations, which has prompted 
fruitful discussions among the Board and influenced its operation. 

The criteria for effectiveness include assessing: 

•  Key Board/Committee functions;

•  Board/Committee composition (including succession planning);

•  External reporting and information flows;

•  Board/Committee culture;

•  Board/Committee information for meetings and the meetings themselves; and

•  Board development.

Following this year’s annual performance review, which was carried out using a self-assessment questionnaire, the Board debated categories where at 
least one Director awarded a score of less than 3 out of 5.

The 2023 review was carried out with the Board focusing on those areas where one or more of the Directors had indicated a concern. In particular, 
the Board considered that diversity of Board composition is an area for focus in the future. 

Alongside the annual performance review, the Chair conducts an informal appraisal in respect of the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief 
Executive conducts appraisals in respect of the other Executive Directors. For details regarding succession planning and the process for senior 
management appointments, please refer to the section entitled “Nominations Committee” (under the heading “Principle 9: Maintain governance 
structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making by the Board”) below.

Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values
Culture
The Company has a strong ethical culture based upon its Code of Ethics which can be found on the Company’s website. The Company’s reputation is 
built on its values as a company, the values of its employees, and the collective commitment to acting at all times with integrity. Part of the work of 
the Audit & Risk Committee involves reviewing the Group Whistleblowing Policy by which employees of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible financial or other improprieties. The appropriateness of the Board’s corporate governance structures is reviewed as part of the Board 
and Committee effectiveness process described above.

Compliance with Laws
The Group has systems in place designed to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and conformity with all relevant codes of 
business practice. Compliance with the Bribery Act 2010 involves an Anti-Corruption Policy and a Group Whistleblowing Policy. Training is given to all 
appropriate employees through the use of online tools to ensure that there is full understanding of the Bribery Act 2010 and competition law and 
awareness of the consequences of not adhering to Group policies. The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy is used to encourage staff to raise concerns in 
the knowledge that concerns raised in good faith will be taken seriously and investigated. 

The Group has taken the appropriate steps to comply with the provisions of the Market Abuse Regulation and the Modern Slavery Act. The Group has 
processes and policies to comply with the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and wider information governance. The Group has a Data 
Protection Officer who is responsible for: managing information governance; implementing the requirements of GDPR; and arranging for online 
training to be given to appropriate employees.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements34

Corporate Governance continued

Safety, Health and Environment
The Group has a proactive approach to safety, health and the environment and is committed to the highest practicable standards of safety and 
health management and the minimisation of adverse environmental impacts. The Board ensures that health and safety issues for employees, 
customers and the public are of foremost concern in all Group activities and ingrained in day-to-day activities. The Group Chief Executive is charged 
with overall responsibility. The Group encourages both internal and external training through a formal network of full-time officers and Health and 
Safety nominated “champions” at all levels. Statistical analysis is used to highlight any areas where additional training or improved working practices 
would be beneficial, and positive action is promptly implemented. All business units have activity related safety management systems. 

Environmental, Social and Governance
The Group has established a cross-business ESG Working Group to assess procedures, review methods and identify goals to enable balanced 
judgements to be made going forward. The ESG Working Group also prepares reports required to comply with the requirements of the TCFD. The 
ESG Working Group’s findings form an integral part of financial reports and investor presentations. Further details can be found together within the 
Environmental, Social and Governance report. 

Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making 
by the Board
The Board
Please see details above at “Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair”. The Board has a schedule of 
matters which are specifically reserved for its decision which can be viewed on the Company’s website.

Board Committees
The Board has three Committees that assist in the discharge of its responsibilities:

•  Remuneration;

•  Audit & Risk; and

•  Nominations.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee, which was chaired by Christopher Jones until 1 December 2022 and subsequently by Nick Mills and comprises the 
Non-executive Directors, is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on the Group’s framework of executive remuneration and its cost. 
The Committee determines the contract terms, remuneration and other benefits for each of the Executive Directors, including performance-related 
bonus schemes, pension rights and compensation payments. The Board itself determines the remuneration of the Non-executive Directors. Further 
details on the composition and work of the Remuneration Committee are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report within this Annual Report. 
The Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee can be viewed on the Company’s website. 

Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee, which is chaired by Nigel Halkes and comprises the Non-executive Directors, is responsible for reviewing a wide range of 
financial reporting and related matters including the half-year and annual financial statements before their submission to the Board. The Committee 
is required to focus in particular on critical accounting policies and practices adopted by the Group, and any significant areas of judgement that 
materially impact reported results. It is also responsible for monitoring the internal controls that are operated by management to ensure the integrity 
of the information reported to the shareholders. An internal audit function, which reports directly to the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, 
supports the Audit & Risk Committee in this process. The Committee provides a forum for reporting by the Group’s external auditors, and advises the 
Board on the appointment, independence and objectivity of the external auditors and on their remuneration both for statutory audit and non-audit 
work. It also discusses the nature, scope and timing of the statutory audit with the external auditors. The Committee also reviews the appropriateness 
of the annual internal audit programme for the Group and ensures that the business risk management and internal audit functions are adequately 
sponsored and resourced. The ESG Working Group reports quarterly to the Committee. The Committee meetings are also attended, by invitation, by 
the Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. The Committee meets not less than four times annually. Further details on the composition and 
work of the Audit & Risk Committee are set out in the Audit & Risk Committee Report within this Annual Report. The Terms of Reference of the Audit 
& Risk Committee can be viewed on the Company’s website.

Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee, which was chaired by Roger McDowell until 5 June 2023 and is currently chaired by Nigel Halkes in Roger McDowell’s 
absence, comprises the Non-executive Directors and the Group Chief Executive. The Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and 
composition of the Board when compared with its current composition. It makes recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes and 
considers and reviews succession planning for Board Directors, taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Group. It identifies 
and nominates for Board approval suitable candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise, and it keeps under review both the executive 
and non-executive leadership needs of the Company to enable the Group to compete effectively in the marketplace. The Committee recommends 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202335

as appropriate re-appointment of Non-executive Directors at the end of their specified terms of office and oversees the re-election by shareholders 
of any Director under the “retirement by rotation” provisions in the Company’s Articles of Association. The Terms of Reference of the Nominations 
Committee can be viewed on the Company’s website. 

The performance of each of the Board Committees is reviewed annually by the Board.

All Directors have service agreements or letters of appointment and the details of their terms are set out in the Remuneration Report. 

The Committee recognises the benefits to the Group of diversity in the workforce and in the composition of the Board itself. While the Company will 
continue to make all appointments based on the best candidate for the role and without prejudicing its policy of appointing the most suitable 
applicant for any role, it is aware of the desirability and benefits of diverse representation. In making senior appointments the Board will give 
particular weight to addressing diversity in the constitution of senior management including directors.

Evolution of Governance Framework
The Board continuously monitors its composition and governance framework taking into account effectiveness and the Group’s strategy.

Principle 10: Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and relevant stakeholders
In addition to this Annual Report, the Company’s website contains full information on the governance, management and activities of the Group and 
features all presentations given by the Executive Directors to shareholders.

Approval
The Board approved the Corporate Governance Report on 8 August 2023. 

Nigel Halkes FCA
Acting Chair
8 August 2023

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements36

Remuneration Report

Nicholas Mills,  
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Responsibilities and Role of the Remuneration Committee 
The Committee’s principal function is to review the remuneration of the Executive Directors. It also monitors the remuneration of the Group’s senior 
managers. The remuneration strategy, policy and approach for all staff, is also reviewed annually by the Committee. The full Terms of Reference of the 
Committee are available on the website. 

The policy for the current and future financial years for the remuneration and incentivisation of the Executive Directors is as follows:

• 

• 

• 

to ensure that individual rewards and incentives are aligned with the performance of the Company and the interests of shareholders;

to ensure that performance-related elements of remuneration constitute a material proportion of an executive’s remuneration package; and

to maintain a competitive remuneration package which enables the Company to attract, retain and motivate high-calibre executives.

The Committee reviews the Company’s executive remuneration arrangements and implements incentive arrangements to support the objective of 
rewarding those individuals who deliver real and genuine shareholder value. In developing the arrangements, the Committee and its advisers 
consider current market practice.

Membership of the Committee 
The members of the Committee, which met on two occasions during the year, were: 

Nicholas Mills (Chair from 1 December 2022)
Christopher Jones (Chair until 1 December 2022)
Nigel Halkes 
Roger McDowell

All members of the Committee are Non-executive Directors and are recognised by the Board as capable of bringing independent judgement to bear. 
Christopher Jones chaired the Committee until 1 December 2022 at which point, he was succeeded by Nick Mills. Nick took over the Chair to allow 
Chris to devote more time to working with the Hargreaves Land business. The membership of the Committee has been unchanged. The Group Chief 
Executive is consulted and invited to attend meetings, when appropriate. The Group Finance Director also attends meetings as required to provide 
relevant information to the Committee to ensure that the Committee’s decisions are informed and take account of pay and conditions across the 
Group. No Director is present when his own remuneration is discussed.

During the year the Committee reviewed and considered the proposed appointment of all new employees whose basic salary was in excess of 
£120,000; annual pay rises and conditions of service for all employees earning over £120,000 per annum; bonus scheme arrangements; the vesting 
and granting of options under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plans; the principles governing the Group’s annual pay review; and the 
effectiveness of the Committee.

Components of Executive and Senior Management Remuneration
Basic Salary 
This is a fixed cash sum, payable monthly. Salaries are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee in the light of individual performance, 
experience in the role and market comparisons. Considering the current economic conditions prevalent in the UK, a cost of living increase of 5% was 
awarded at 1 June 2023 to all UK employees other than the Directors following an increase of 6% at 1 June 2022. The Executive Directors received an 
increase of 6% to their basic salaries as at 1 June 2022 and the Committee has granted them an increase of 3% at 1 June 2023. During the year, there 
have been no changes to the benefits which the Executive Directors receive. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202337

Annual Bonus 
Executive Directors participate in an annual incentive bonus scheme linked to the actual achievement of a Group profit before tax target set by the 
Committee. A deduction of 10% is made from any bonus earned if the Group Health & Safety target is not achieved. For the year ended 31 May 2023, 
the Committee also set some specific cash targets for the Group which would have resulted in a further deduction of 10% of any bonus earned 
should they not have been achieved. The total bonus which could have been earned was capped at 100% of salary in respect of the Chief Executive 
and the Group Finance Director and 75% in respect of the Group Property Director. Bonuses do not count towards the calculation of pension 
entitlement. 97% of the bonus target for the financial year ended 31 May 2023 was achieved and accordingly total bonuses amounting to £859,000 
have been earned. Total bonuses of £834,000 were earned in respect of the financial year ended 31 May 2022. Similar criteria have been set in respect 
of bonus arrangements for the financial year ending 31 May 2024. 

Benefits in Kind and Pensions 
In addition to basic salary, Executive Directors are entitled to the following benefits: paid holiday, company car or a cash allowance in lieu, 
contributions to a personal pension plan and life assurance, private medical insurance and permanent health insurance. No Director has benefits 
under any of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes.

Long-Term Incentive Plans 
From time to time, the Executive Directors and other senior employees have been invited to participate in Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”), 
whereby options to acquire ordinary shares in the Group are awarded subject to the achievement of various performance criteria. The Board believes 
that such plans are an important element of overall executive remuneration and assist in aligning the financial interests of Executive Directors and 
other senior employees with those of the shareholders. 

At the Annual General Meeting held on 30 October 2019, shareholders approved the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme, under 
which all awards are now made. Details of this LTIP and awards made under it are set out below.

Non-executive Directors’ Remuneration (Audited)
The Non-executive Chair’s basic salary was £84,800 per annum and other Non-executive Directors received a basic salary of £42,400 per annum. 
These basic salaries will increase by 3% from 1 June 2023. Additionally, the Non-executive Directors excluding the Chair receive an additional 
£2,750 per annum for chairing each Board Committee and N Halkes receives £2,750 for acting as Senior Independent Director. 

Directors’ Remuneration for the Year to 31 May 2023 (Audited)

Salary/Fees

Bonus

Benefits

LTIPS

Total

Pension

Gordon Banham

John Samuel

David Anderson

Roger McDowell

Nigel Halkes

Christopher Jones

Nicholas Mills

2023 
£000
499

297

239

85

48

44

44

2022 
£000
470

280

225

80

45

43

40

2023
£000
484

288

87

–

–

–

–

2022 
£000
470

280

84

–

–

–

–

2023 
£000
45

19

13

–

–

–

–

Total

1,256

1,183

859

834

77

2022 
£000
45

2023 
£000
–

18

13

–

–

–

–

76

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2022 
£000
167

–

142

632

–

–

–

2023 
£000
1,028

604

339

85

48

44

44

2022 
£000
1,152

578

464

712

45

43

40

2023 
£000
121

45

48

–

–

–

–

2022 
£000
118

42

45

–

–

–

–

941

2,192

3,034

214

205

Directors’ Service Contracts and Letters of Appointment
The Directors have entered into service agreements and letters of appointment with the Company and the principal terms are as follows: 

Date of latest agreement

Name

Position

3 September 2013

Gordon Banham 

Group Chief Executive 

2 January 2018

John Samuel

Group Finance Director

Commencement of 
period of office

23 February 2004

2 January 2018

14 November 2018

David Anderson

Group Property Director

12 November 2018

238,500

1 August 2023

11 May 2018

Stephen Craigen

Director

1 August 2023

200,000

Roger McDowell

Non-executive Chairman

11 May 2018

21 August 2015

Nigel Halkes

Non-executive Director

1 April 2020

Christopher Jones

Non-executive Director

21 August 2015

1 April 2020

9 September 2020

Nicholas Mills

Non-executive Director

9 September 2020

498,669

296,800

84,800

47,900

43,775

43,775

12 months 

6 months

6 months 

6 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Annual salary (£)

Notice period

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements38

Remuneration Report continued

John Samuel has given notice under the terms of his contract and will cease to be a director on 9 August 2023. Non-executive Directors are not 
generally eligible to participate in any incentive plans, share option schemes or Company pension arrangements and are not entitled to any payment 
in compensation for any early termination of their appointment although, as a condition of Roger McDowell’s appointment, he was granted LTIPs 
under the Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019 as set out below.

Directors’ Share Options 
No rights to subscribe for shares in Group companies were granted to any of the Directors or their immediate families, or exercised by them, during 
the financial year and up to the date of this Directors’ Report except as set out below. At 31 May 2023, no Director holds any rights to subscribe for 
shares in Group companies other than those related to options which have vested but have not yet been exercised.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) (Audited)
The Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme
At the Annual General Meeting held on 30 October 2019, the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme (“the Executive Share Option 
Scheme”), was approved by shareholders. The scheme contains performance criteria measuring both the Company’s own Total Shareholder Return 
over a three-year period and also measuring its comparative performance against a basket of other listed companies. It is envisaged that awards with 
a value up to 50% of a recipient’s base salary will be made annually under the Executive Share Option Scheme to Executive Directors and other senior 
management as determined by the Committee. During the year ended 31 May 2023, a total of 118,584 awards were made of which 22,671 related to 
Executive Directors as set out below:

Director

David Anderson

Date of grant

1 August 2022

Exercise price

10p per share

No. of options granted

Exercise period

22,671

2 Aug 2025 – 1 Aug 2027

Additionally, the following awards were granted in the year ended 31 May 2022:

Director

Gordon Banham

John Samuel

David Anderson

Date of grant

2 August 2021

2 August 2021

2 August 2021

Exercise price

10p per share

10p per share

10p per share

No. of options granted

Exercise period

41,611

41,611

22,292

3 Aug 2024 – 2 Aug 2026

3 Aug 2024 – 2 Aug 2026

3 Aug 2024 – 2 Aug 2026

The performance criteria use the average mid-market closing Share price for the 21 Trading Days preceding 1 June during the year of the grant of the 
Option as a “Base Value”. The number of Shares to be acquired on the exercise of an Option is dependent on the Total Shareholder Return on the third 
anniversary of the Date of Grant (“Strike Date”) calculated by reference to the average Share price for the 21 Trading Days preceding the Strike Date.

The performance parameters for Total Shareholder Return are split equally between two parts as follows:

1. 

 50% of the Option is based upon the Company’s performance (the “Company Performance Option”). If the Total Shareholder Return figure on the 
Strike Date reflects 100% or more growth in excess of the Base Value, the Company Performance Option may be exercised in full. If the Total 
Shareholder Return figure at the Strike Date reflects less than 25% growth in excess of the Base Value, the Company Performance Option lapses 
and ceases to be exercisable. In the event that the Total Shareholder Return figure at the Strike Date reflects percentages between 25% growth 
and 100% growth above the Base Value, the number of shares which vest under the Company Performance Option is based on a linear calculation 
between the 25% growth and 100% growth outcomes from zero at 25% growth to 100% at 100% growth or greater.

2.   50% of the Option is based upon benchmarking the Company’s performance against the Peer Group (the “Peer Group Performance Option”). The 

growth of each of the companies in the Peer Group is measured using the average mid-market closing share price of such company for the 
21 Trading Days preceding 1 June during the year of grant of the Option and calculating the growth at the Strike Date by reference to the average 
share price for the 21 Trading Days preceding the Strike Date. The growth of the Company (measured using the Base Value and the Strike Value) is 
then ranked in the “Peer Group TSR List” alongside the growth of the companies in the Peer Group. If the Company: 

• 

• 

• 

is ranked below the median position of the Peer Group TSR List, the Peer Group Performance Option lapses and is not exercisable; 

is ranked first in the Peer Group TSR List, the Peer Group Performance Option may be exercised in full; and

 is ranked at or above the median of the Peer Group TSR List but below first, the number of shares in respect of which the Peer Group 
Performance Option may be exercised shall be calculated on a straight line basis from 25% at the median position to 100% for ranking first 
(rounded up to the nearest whole number of Shares).

The companies which comprise the Peer Group for each new award of options under the LTIP are reviewed annually by the Committee taking advice 
from the Company’s brokers and changes to the constituent members are made as appropriate.

No option shall be granted under the Executive Share Option Scheme on any date if, as a result, the total number of shares issued or issuable 
pursuant to options and other rights granted under the Executive Share Option Scheme together with any other employee share scheme established 
by the Company on or after Admission, would exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company on the date of grant. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
39

On 13 December 2019, 48,894 LTIPS were awarded to each of Gordon Banham and John Samuel, both Executive Directors. Following the 
achievement of certain performance criteria, on 13 December 2022, 24,249 of these options vested in respect of each director and can be exercised at 
a price of 10p per share up until 13 December 2024. On 4 August 2020, 63,927 LTIPS were awarded to each of Gordon Banham and John Samuel and 
51,370 LTIPS were awarded to David Anderson, an Executive Director. Following the achievement of certain performance criteria, on 4 August 2023, 
59,132 of these options vested in respect of each of Gordon Banham and John Samuel and 47,517 in respect of David Anderson. These LTIPS can be 
exercised at a price of 10p per share up until 4 August 2025.

Additionally in Resolution 13 in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting for 2023, the Board will propose that shareholders approve an amendment 
to the performance criteria of the Executive Share Option Scheme. The change will see the Peer Group Performance Option be replaced with “the 
EPS Growth Option”. 50% of the options awarded under the Executive Share Option Scheme will be dependent on the Group achieving a compound 
annual growth in EPS of between 15% and 30%. EPS in this measurement will exclude any EPS related to the Group’s share of profits from HRMS and 
will also exclude any impact on EPS from the sale of renewable energy land assets. The Company Performance Option will remain unchanged other 
than the TSR growth will be required to be between 25% and 85%. These amendments, if approved, will apply to future options awarded under the 
scheme. Full details of the proposed amendments are included in the notes to the Notice of the Annual General Meeting.

The Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019
On 22 January 2019, shareholders in general meeting approved an LTIP scheme, the Hargreaves Services plc Share Option Scheme 2019 (“the Share 
Option Scheme 2019”). The following awards were granted in the year ended 31 May 2019:

Director

Roger McDowell

Gordon Banham

John Samuel

David Anderson

Date of grant

30 January 2019

30 January 2019

30 January 2019

30 January 2019

Exercise price

10p per share

10p per share

10p per share

10p per share

No. of options granted

Exercise period

285,144

75,250

75,250

64,157

31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024

31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024

31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024

31 Jan 2022-30 Jan 2024

The Share Option Scheme 2019 required a minimum 35% Total Shareholder Return to be achieved over the three-year period ending on 31 July 2021 
(“the Vesting Period”) from a base value of £3.515 (“Base Value”) before vesting could commence. 100% vesting occurred at an 85% Total Shareholder 
Return over the above period from the Base Value. The rules of the Share Option Scheme 2019 allow participants to exercise options, to the extent 
they have satisfied the performance conditions, after the expiry of the Vesting Period. An option lapses five years after the date of the grant, except if 
the participant were to die, in which case the option lapses 12 months following death, whichever date is earlier. No disposal may be made of any 
shares arising from the exercise of an option until five years after the date of grant other than to satisfy any tax liability arising on exercise. No further 
options will be granted under the Share Option Scheme 2019. 

During the year ended 31 May 2022, 167,586 of these options vested and were exercised with each director retaining ownership of the shares 
following their exercise. John Samuel holds 29,704 of these options which have vested but which he has not yet exercised. They can be exercised at a 
price of 10p per share up until 30 January 2024. The remaining options which were issued under the Share Option Scheme 2019 have lapsed.

Ordinary shares issued pursuant to either the Executive Share Option Scheme or the Share Option Scheme 2019 scheme shall rank pari passu in all 
respects with the ordinary shares already in issue. 

Deferred Bonus Scheme
No awards under the Deferred Bonus Scheme were made and no outstanding awards were exercised during the year ended 31 May 2023. No awards 
under this scheme are outstanding in respect of any director. The Deferred Bonus Scheme is designed to allow awards to be made to Executive 
Directors and eligible employees in order to attract and retain key members of staff. The awards under the Deferred Bonus Scheme are based on a 
percentage of salary. This figure is then converted into a number of shares using the mid-closing price of a Hargreaves Services plc ordinary share on 
the day preceding the award. Other than serving the retention period of three years from the date of award, the Deferred Bonus Scheme has no 
performance criteria.

The Remuneration Committee Report was approved by the Board on 8 August 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Nick Mills
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
8 August 2023

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements40

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group and 
the Company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Under company law, directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

• 

 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and company will continue in 
business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each director in office at the date the Directors’ Report is approved:

• 

• 

so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s auditors are unaware; and

 they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202341

Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Hargreaves Services plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 May 2023 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s and 

Company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 

Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the Group and 
Parent Company Balance Sheets as at 31 May 2023; the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, the Group and 
Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity and the Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements for the year then ended; and the notes 
to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs 
(UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
•  The Group is structured along four segments being Services, Hargreaves Land, Hargreaves Services Europe ‘HRMS’ with the remaining areas of the 

Group included in an Unallocated segment. The group financial statements are a consolidation of the 84 reporting units within these four segments 
including the Group’s centralised functions.

•  Given the significance of the components to the Group’s revenue and results, Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited, the bulk haulage and 

minerals divisions of Hargreaves (UK) Services Limited, C.A. Blackwell (Contracts) Limited, DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH and Hargreaves Raw 
Material Services GmbH were considered significant components.

•  For further coverage Blackwell Earthmoving Limited and Hargreaves Industrial Services (HK) Limited were included as full scope components. Specific 

audit procedures were performed over certain financial statement line items across a further 10 reporting units.

Key audit matters
•  Risk of impairment to assets - Investments in subsidiary undertakings (parent)

•  Valuation of land - Properties held for development and resale and Investment Property (group)

•  Construction contract revenue and assets and Contract provisions (group)

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £2,114,000 (2022: £1,779,000) based on 1% of revenue.

•  Overall company materiality: £1,443,000 (2022: £1,200,000) based on 1% of total assets.

•  Performance materiality: £1,585,500 (2022: £1,334,250) (group) and £1,082,250 (2022: £900,000) (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements42

Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc continued

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Construction contract revenue and assets and Contract provisions is a new key audit matter this year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are 
consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Risk of impairment to assets - Investments in subsidiary undertakings (parent) 

The parent company has investments in subsidiary undertakings of 
£33.1 million (2022: £31.4 million). No impairment has been recorded by 
management in the current year in respect of investments within 
Hargreaves Services plc. 

There is a risk that these assets could be overstated and impairment 
charges may be required. The determination of whether or not these 
assets are impaired involves subjective judgement and estimates about 
the future results and cashflows of the business. 

On an annual basis, management calculates the amount of headroom 
between the value in use of the parent company’s Cash Generating 
Units (‘’CGUs’’) and their carrying value to determine whether there is a 
potential impairment of the investments held relating to those CGUs. 

The value in use of the CGU with respect to investments in Hargreaves 
Services plc is dependent on a number of key assumptions which 
include: 
– 
– 

 The forecast cash flows for the next five years; 
 A long-term (terminal) growth rate applied beyond the end of the 
five year forecast period; and 

–  A discount rate applied to the model. 

See the accounting policies section within the financial statements for 
disclosure of the related accounting policies, judgements and estimates, 
Note 16 for detailed disclosure of the parent company’s investments.

Valuation of land - Properties held for development and resale and 
Investment Property (group) 

The group has properties held for development and resale of 
£38.9 million (2022: £29.3 million) and investment properties 
of £14.1 million (2022: £8.3 million). No provision or impairment has been 
recorded by management in the current year in respect of these assets. 

The risk we have focused on is that these assets could be overstated and 
impairment charges may be required. Properties held for development 
and resale are held at lower of cost and net realisable value, while 
investment properties are held at cost and assessed for impairment on 
an annual basis. 

The determination of whether or not these assets are impaired involves 
subjective judgement and estimates about the future sales transactions 
and cash flows of these assets. On an annual basis, management 
calculates the amount of headroom between the future cash flows and 
their carrying value to determine whether there is a potential 
impairment of properties held for development and resale and/or 
investment properties. The value of future cash flows is dependent on a 
number of key assumptions which include: 
– 
–  A discount rate applied to the model. 

 The forecast cash flows for the next ten to fifteen years; and 

We understood and evaluated management’s budgeting and 
forecasting process. Upon obtaining the parent company’s impairment 
analysis we tested the reasonableness of the key assumptions, including 
the following: 
– 

 Verifying the mathematical accuracy of the impairment models and 
agreeing the carrying value of assets being assessed for impairment 
to the balance sheet; 
 We challenged management’s calculated weighted average cost of 
capital (WACC) used for discounting future cash flows within the 
impairment and recoverability models, utilising valuation experts to 
assess the cost of capital for the group and comparable organisations. 
It was noted that the WACC used by management was in line with 
our acceptable range and as such no exceptions were noted; 
 We traced the forecast financial information within the model to the 
latest Board approved budget and 5 year plan and challenged 
management to provide support to corroborate revenue margin 
assumptions, support for capital expenditure and considered the 
accuracy of previous forecasts and we consider that the assumptions 
were supported by appropriate evidence; 
 We performed sensitivity analysis to ascertain the impact of 
reasonably possible changes in key assumptions and to quantify the 
downside changes needed before an impairment would be required 
at the CGU level; and 
 We have reviewed the financial statements disclosures made with 
respect to the sensitivity of the WACC, cash flows and growth rates 
and we considered these to be appropriate. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

The recoverability of investment in subsidiaries was also assessed by 
comparing the net asset values of these subsidiaries against the carrying 
value of the investment including consideration of the market 
capitalisation of the Group. There were no indications of impairment 
identified. Following the conclusion of our procedures above, we are 
satisfied that no impairment is required. We also considered the 
disclosure made within the financial statements and considered these to 
be appropriate.

We understood and evaluated management’s budgeting and 
forecasting process. Upon obtaining the forecasts of management’s 
estimate of future sales, rentals and costs to complete, we tested the 
reasonableness of the key assumptions, including the following: 
– 
 Verifying the mathematical accuracy of future cash flows and 
agreeing the carrying value of properties held for development and 
resale and investment properties being assessed for impairment to 
the balance sheet; 
 We challenged management’s calculated weighted average cost of 
capital (WACC) used for discounting future cash flows within the cash 
flow models, utilising valuation experts to assess the cost of capital 
for the group and comparable organisations. It was noted that the 
WACC used by management was in line with our acceptable range 
and as such no exceptions were noted; 
 We performed sensitivity analysis to ascertain the impact of 
reasonably possible changes in key assumptions and to quantify the 
downside changes needed before an impairment would be required; 

– 

– 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202343

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

See the accounting policies section within the financial statements for 
disclosure of the related accounting policies, judgements and estimates, 
Note 14 for detailed disclosures on investment property and Note 19 for 
detailed disclosures on properties held for development and resale in 
inventory.

– 

– 

– 

– 

 We traced the forecast financial information within the model to 
recent sales data and challenged management to provide support to 
corroborate revenue margin assumptions, support for expenditure 
and considered the accuracy of previous forecasts and we consider 
that the assumptions were supported by appropriate evidence;
 We have reviewed the financial statements disclosures made with 
respect to the sensitivity of the WACC, cash flows and growth rates 
and we considered these to be appropriate;
 We have considered the future plans for each piece of land and 
considered sales of similar land in recent years for properties held for 
development and resale in inventory; and
 Inspected lease agreements and calculated the present value of 
these agreements to verify expected future rental income on land 
held as investment property. Following the conclusion of our 
procedures above, we are satisfied that no impairment is required. 
We also considered the disclosure made within the financial 
statements and considered these to be appropriate.

Construction contract revenue and assets and Contract provisions (group) 

The group recognised construction contract revenue by assessing the 
performance obligations under each contract and determining the point 
at which those obligations have been fulfilled, allocating the transaction 
price as necessary to each obligation. The Group has control and review 
procedures in place to monitor, and evaluate, regularly, the estimates 
being made to ensure that they are consistent and appropriate. This 
includes reviewing the independent certification of the value of work 
done, the progress of work against contracted timescales and the costs 
incurred against the plan. 

In particular, management makes judgements on the expected 
recoverability of value recorded in respect of performance obligations 
which have been completed but not yet agreed with the customer and 
on the likelihood of the entitlement to any variable consideration. 

Certain contracts contain key performance indicators which determine 
the level of fee payable and management estimates performance 
against these to decide the appropriate fee level within the range 
contained in the contract. 

Construction contract revenue in the year ended 31 May 2023 was 
£64.1m (2022: £37.9m). The Group has made provisions against contract 
assets and for potential contract liabilities which require judgements to 
be made regarding recoverable amounts and reasonably possible costs 
which may be incurred. 

Contract provisions have been made against profits which are subject to 
contract performance measurements which have not yet been carried 
out by the client and other contracts where the Group has identified 
potential warranty, defects or performance obligations. 

Such estimates can result in contract margins being variable from period 
to period as judgments may change in the light of changing facts and 
circumstances. See the accounting policies section within the financial 
statements for disclosure of the related accounting policies, judgements 
and estimates, Note 2 for detailed disclosures on revenue recognised and 
Note 27 for detailed disclosures on contract provisions in place at year end.

We understood and evaluated management’s process for estimating the 
value of variable consideration within revenue, contract assets and 
contract provisions. We considered both corroborating and 
contradictory evidence for the amounts recognised which included the 
following: 
– 

 Review of the contracts considering the key terms and the ranges of 
fee level contained within the contract;
 Agreement to source documentation for both the contract income 
and associated costs to determine the nature and permissibility of 
costs per the contracts; 
 We agreed amounts received under the contract to certification from 
the contractor and payment;
 Looking at the most recent correspondence with the contractors and 
reviewing each monthly statement for the sign off on contract costs 
as well as certification of revenues; 
 Inquiry with the lead project manager for the contracts to 
understand the status of current performance against key 
performance indicators, the nature of ongoing discussions with 
contractors and the current projections based on discussions to date; 
 Conducted sensitivity analysis of over the ranges of variable 
consideration stipulated in the contracts; and
 In the context of the requirements of IFRS 15 we also considered the 
reasonableness of recognition and resulting likelihood of reversal. 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Following the conclusion of our procedures noted above we are satisfied 
that the recognition of revenue and contract provisions in relation to the 
contract is appropriate. We have also considered the disclosure of critical 
accounting estimates made in the financial statements and consider 
them to be appropriate.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements44

Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc continued

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they 
operate.

The Group is structured along four segments being Services, Hargreaves Land, Hargreaves Services Europe ‘HRMS’ with the remaining areas of the 
Group included in an Unallocated segment. The group financial statements are a consolidation of the 84 reporting units within these four 
segments including the group’s centralised functions.

We, as the group engagement team, audited all in scope components based in the UK. The HRMS segment based overseas, being DK 
Recyclingund Roheisen GmbH and Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH, and part of the Services segment based overseas, being Hargreaves 
Industrial Services (HK) Limited, have been audited by PwC component auditors. The group audit team supervised the direction and execution of 
the audit procedures performed by the component teams. Our involvement in their audit process, including site visits, attending component 
audit meetings, review of their reporting and supporting working papers, together with the additional procedures performed at group level, gave 
us the evidence required for our opinion on the financial statements as a whole.

Given the significance of the components to the group’s revenue and results, Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited, the bulk haulage and 
minerals divisions of Hargreaves (UK) Services Limited, C.A. Blackwell (Contracts) Limited, DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH and Hargreaves Raw 
Material Services GmbH were considered 6 significant components. For further coverage Blackwell Earthmoving Limited and Hargreaves 
Industrial Services (HK) Limited were included as 2 full scope components.

Specific audit procedures were performed over inventory, investments in joint ventures, amounts due from undertakings in which the Group has 
a participating interest, cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, investment property, property, plant and equipment, retirement benefits 
obligations, trade and other payables, other operating income, share of profit in joint ventures, equity and income tax expenses across a further 
10 reporting units. This, together with additional procedures performed on the Group’s centralised functions, gave us the evidence we needed 
for our opinion on the group financial statements as a whole.

As a result of this scoping we obtained coverage over 85% of the Group’s external revenue and 69% of the Group’s profit before tax.

The Company audit was performed by the Group audit team. The Company is principally a holding Company and there are no branches or other 
locations to be considered when scoping the audit. The Company is audited on a stand-alone basis, and hence, testing has been performed on 
all material financial statement line items.

The impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the Group’s and 
Company’s financial statements, and we remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any indicators of the impact of climate risk. 
Our procedures did not identify any material impact as a result of climate risk on the Group’s and Company’s financial statements.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements - group

Financial statements - company

Overall materiality

£2,114,000 (2022: £1,779,000).

£1,443,000 (2022: £1,200,000).

How we determined it

1% of revenue

1% of total assets

Rationale for benchmark applied

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, 
we consider total revenue to be the most appropriate 
benchmark as it provides a more stable measure year 
on year than group profit before tax. Revenue is also 
used by the shareholders in assessing the performance 
and growth of the Group, and is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

We believe that total assets are considered to be more 
appropriate as it is not a profit oriented company. The 
parent company is a holding company only and 
therefore total assets is deemed a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202345

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £406,920 and £1,995,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit 
materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and 
extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% (2022: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £1,585,500 (2022: £1,334,250) for the group financial statements and £1,082,250 
(2022: £900,000) for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation 
risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount in the middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £105,000 (group 
audit) (2022: £88,950) and £68,000 (company audit) (2022: 60,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
included:

• 

 We obtained and assessed management’s board report that details the Group’s assessment and conclusion with respect to their ability to 
continue as a going concern;

•  We evaluated the historical accuracy of the budgeting process to assess the reliability of the data;

• 

• 

 We evaluated management’s board approved base case forecast and downside scenarios, and challenged the adequacy and appropriateness 
of the underlying assumptions, including the level and period of reduction in revenue and timing of significant cash receipts, and confirmed 
management’s mitigating action are within their control and can be taken on a timely basis if needed. We reviewed the composition of costs 
at a divisional level within the forecasts to ensure they were prepared on a consistent and appropriate basis;

 We reviewed the latest trading results for the year to date in FY24 and compared to management’s budget, FY23 actuals and revised forecasts, 
and considered the impact of these actual results on the future forecast period;

•  We reviewed the mathematical integrity of management’s going concern forecast models, where no exceptions were identified; and

•  W e reviewed the disclosures included within the Annual Report and consider these to be appropriate.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information, which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) recommendations. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an 
audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements46

Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of Hargreaves Services plc continued

Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for the 
year ended 31 May 2023 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related 
to health and safety regulations and environmental regulations, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material 
effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as 
AIM Rules for Companies, tax legislation and the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent 
manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting 
inappropriate journal entries to manipulate reported results and management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared 
this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. 
Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

• 

Inquiries of management and those charged with governance around actual and potential litigation claims;

•  Reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance;

• 

 Reviewing financial statements disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations;

•  Reviewing legal expenditure in the year to identify potential non-compliance with laws and regulations;

• 

Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries with unusual accounts combinations;

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates; and

•  Reviewing the internal audit reports.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment 
by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202347

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

• 

 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• 

 the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Nicholas Cook (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Newcastle upon Tyne
8 August 2023

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements48

Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 May 2023

Continuing operations

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other operating income
Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Analysed as:
Operating profit (before exceptional items and amortisation charges)

Exceptional items
Amortisation of intangible assets

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance expense
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)* 

Profit before tax* 
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations*

Discontinued operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year*

Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
(Loss)/gain in defined benefit pension schemes
Tax recognised on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign exchange translation differences 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Tax recognised on items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures, (net of tax)

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax 

Note

2 

3

 2023 
£000

211,459
(172,402)

39,057
4,918
(32,178)

Restated* 
2022  
£000

177,908
(148,458)

29,450
1,298
(24,520)

11,797

6,228

5
15

8
8
16

9

10

25
9

9
16

11,972

–
(175)

11,797

1,612
(2,565)
16,311

27,155
771

4,474

1,754
–

6,228

823
(770)
25,879

32,160
347

27,926

32,507

–

2,000

27,926

34,507

(4,645)
1,161

1,130
–
–
1,912

(442)

5,955
(1,488)

313
41
(8)
3,070

7,883

Total comprehensive income for the year*

27,484

42,390

Profit/(loss) attributable to: 
Equity holders of the Company* 
Non-controlling interest 

Profit for the year* 

27,915
11

34,719
(212)

27,926

34,507

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202349

Note

11
11
11
11

11
11

 2023 
£000

27,473
11

Restated* 
2022  
£000

42,602
(212)

27,484

42,390

85.85
84.13
85.85
84.13

86.28
84.55

106.63
103.48
100.45
97.48

96.06
93.22

Total comprehensive income/(expense) attributable to: 
Equity holders of the Company* 
Non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive income for the year*

Basic earnings per share (pence)*
Diluted earnings per share (pence)*
Continuing basic earnings per share (pence)*
Diluted continuing basic earnings per share (pence)*

Non-GAAP Measures

Basic underlying earnings per share from continuing operations (pence)**
Diluted underlying earnings per share from continuing operations (pence)**

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Earnings per share for the prior year have also been restated. Please refer to Note 11.

**  See Alternative Performance Measures Glossary.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
50

Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets
at 31 May 2023

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets
Investment property
Intangible assets including goodwill
Investments in joint ventures*
Investments in subsidiary undertakings 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade receivables
Retirement benefit surplus

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets*

Non-current liabilities 
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Retirement benefit obligations 
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities 

Current liabilities 
Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Income tax liability

Total liabilities 

Net assets*

Group

2023
£000

Restated* 
2022
£000

Company

2023 
£000

2022 
£000

Note

12 
13
14
15
16 
16 
18
20
25

19 
20 
21
22 

23 
25 
27 
18

23 
24 
27

10,861
39,815
14,074
5,685
74,282
–
14,753
–
8,474

9,938
22,062
8,298
4,824
55,096
–
11,063
4,224
10,382

167,944

125,887

39,302
71,609
5,114
21,859

30,476
88,574
6,752
13,773

–
–
–
–
4,984
33,135
–
–
–

38,119

–
95,582
–
12,646

137,884

139,575

108,228

–
–
–
–
4,984
31,358
7
–
–

36,349

–
81,412
–
15

81,427

305,828

265,462

146,347

117,776

(20,839)
(2,902)
(4,120)
(3,417)

(31,278)

(15,511)
(47,427)
(10,467)
(154)

(73,559)

(11,045)
(2,703)
(2,344)
(1,920)

(18,012)

(7,326)
(50,727)
(9,440)
(108) 

(67,601)

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

– 
(52,381)
– 
(81) 

(52,462)

– 
(20,612)
–
(39)

(20,651)

(104,837)

(85,613)

(52,462)

(20,651)

200,991

179,849

93,885

97,125

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202351

Group

2023
£000

Restated* 
2022
£000

Company

2023 
£000

2022 
£000

3,314
73,972
211
(689)
1,022
318
1,530
2,388
119,136

3,314
73,972
211
(1,819)
1,022
318
1,530
2,029
99,494

201,202

180,071

3,314
73,972
–
–
1,022
–
1,530
2,388
11,659

93,885

3,314
73,972
–
–
1,022
–
1,530
2,029
15,258

97,125

–

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Translation reserve 
Merger reserve 
Hedging reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings*

Note

28 
28
28
28
28
28
28
28

Non-controlling interest 

(211)

(222)

–

Total equity*

200,991

179,849

93,885

97,125

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

The Company’s profit after tax for the year was £3.1m (2022: £6.4m).

The notes on pages 56 to 99 form an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements on pages 48 to 99 were approved by the Board of Directors on 8 August 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

Gordon Banham
Director

Registered number: 4952865

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements52

Group and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity 
for year ended 31 May 2023

Group (Note 28)

At 1 June 2021*
Total comprehensive 
income/(expense) for 
the year 
Profit/(loss) for the year* 
Other comprehensive 
income 

Total comprehensive 
income/(expense) for 
the year* 

Transactions with 
owners recorded 
directly in equity
Issue of shares
Equity-settled share-based 
payment transactions 
Dividends paid

Total contributions by 
and distributions to 
owners 

Share 
capital 
£000

Share 
premium 
£000

Translation 
reserve
£000

Hedging 
reserve 
£000

Other 
reserves 
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000

Merger 
reserve 
£000

Share- 
based 
payment 
reserve 
£000

Restated* 
Retained 
earnings 
£000

Restated* 
Total 
Parent 
equity 
£000

Non-
controlling 
interest 
£000

Restated* 
Total equity 
£000

3,314 73,955

(2,132)

285

211

1,530

1,022

1,680 63,475 143,340

(10) 143,330

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

17

–
–

17

–

313

–

33

313

 33

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

34,719

34,719

(212)

34,507

7,537

7,883

–

7,883

– 42,256 42,602

(212) 42,390

–

349
–

–

17

–
(6,237)

349
(6,237)

349 (6,237)

(5,871)

–

–
–

–

17

349
(6,237)

(5,871)

At 31 May 2022*

3,314 73,972

(1,819)

318

211

1,530

1,022

2,029 99,494 180,071

(222) 179,849

At 1 June 2022
Total comprehensive 
income/(expense) for 
the year 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive 
income/(expense) 

Total comprehensive 
income for the year 

Transactions with 
owners recorded 
directly in equity
Equity-settled share-based 
payment transactions 
Dividends paid

Total contributions by 
and distributions to 
owners 

3,314 73,972

(1,819)

318

211

1,530

1,022

2,029 99,494 180,071

(222) 179,849

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

1,130

1,130

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

27,915

27,915

(1,572)

(442)

11

–

27,926

(442)

– 26,343 27,473

11

27,484

359
–

–
(6,701)

359
(6,701)

359

(6,701)

(6,342)

–
–

–

359
(6,701)

(6,342)

At 31 May 2023

3,314 73,972

(689)

318

211

1,530

1,022

2,388 119,136 201,202

(211) 200,991

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202353

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000

1,530

Merger 
reserve 
£000

1,022

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£000

Retained 
earnings 
£000

Total Parent 
equity 
£000

1,680

15,116

96,619

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

6,379

6,379

–

(2)

6,379

6,377

–
349
–

–
–
(6,237)

17
349
(6,237)

349

(6,237)

(5,871)

1,530 

1,022

2,029

15,258

97,125

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

3,102

3,102

3,102

3,102

359
–

–
(6,701)

359
(6,701)

359

(6,701)

(6,342)

1,530 

1,022

2,388

11,659

93,885

2

–

(2)

(2)

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

Share 
capital 
£000

Share 
premium 
£000

Hedging
 reserve
 £000

Company (Note 28)

At 1 June 2021
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive expense
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow 
hedges

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the 
year 

Transactions with owners recorded directly in 
equity
Issue of shares
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
Dividends paid

Total contributions by and distributions to 
owners

3,314

73,955

–

–

–

 –
–
–

–

–

–

–

17
–
–

17

At 31 May 2022 and 1 June 2022

3,314

73,972

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Transactions with owners recorded directly in 
equity 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
Dividends paid

Total contributions by and distributions to 
owners

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

At 31 May 2023

3,314

73,972

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements54

Group and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements 
for year ended 31 May 2023

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit for the year from continuing operations*
Adjustments for: 
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Net finance expense/(income)
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)* 
Dividend received from joint ventures
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment, investment 
property and right-of-use assets
Equity-settled share-based payment expenses 
Income tax (credit)/expense 
Contributions to defined benefit pension schemes
Translation of non-controlling interest and investments

Change in inventories
Change in trade and other receivables
Change in trade and other payables
Change in provisions and employee benefits

Interest received
Interest paid
Income tax paid

Note

12,13
15
8
16
16

3
26
9
25

Group

2023
£000

Restated* 
2022
£000

Company

2023 
£000

2022 
£000

27,926

32,507

3,102

4,379

14,570
175
953
(16,311)
–

(4,718)
359
(771)
(2,426)
482

20,239
(8,827)
23,290
(4,563)
2,713

32,852
1,127
(2,192)
(281)

8,666
–
(53)
(25,879)
–

(1,298)
349
(347)
(2,002)
202

12,145
(3,308)
(19,256)
903
1,000

(8,516)
34
–
(44)

–
–
(653)
–
–

–
–
87
–
–

2,536
–
(14,170)
31,769
–

20,135
820
(167)
(38)

–
–
434
–
(3,917)

–
–
32
–
–

928
–
(3,733)
(14,652)
–

(17,457)
–
(434)
(365)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

31,506

(8,526)

20,750

(18,256)

Cash flows from investing activities 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of investment property
Proceeds from sale of right of use assets
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of investment property
Acquisition of right of use assets
Payment for acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
Investment in subsidiaries 
Dividends received from joint ventures

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities in 
continuing operations

Net cash inflow from investing activities in discontinued 
operations

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

6,565
266
81
(3,442)
(5,783)
(85)
(1,447)
–
–

(3,845)

–

(3,845)

801
1,407
78
(1,479)
(1,070)
(163)
–
–
3,917

3,491

2,000

5,491

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,418)
–

(1,418)

–

(1,418)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,917

3,917

2,000

5,917

17
16

10

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202355

Cash flows from financing activities 
Principal elements of lease payments
Dividends paid 

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 June 
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

Note

23
28

Group

2023
£000

Restated* 
2022
£000

(12,721)
(6,701)

(19,422)

8,239
13,773
(153)

(5,531)
(6,237)

(11,768)

(14,803)
28,303
273

Company

2023 
£000

–
(6,701)

(6,701)

12,631
15
–

2022 
£000

–
(6,237)

(6,237)

(18,576)
18,591
–

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 May 

22 

21,859

13,773

12,646

15

*  

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements56

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements)

1  Accounting Policies
Hargreaves Services plc (the “Company”, “Parent Company”) is a public company limited by shares and incorporated, domiciled and registered in 
England, UK. 

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”) and equity account the 
Group’s interest in joint ventures. The Parent Company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not 
about the Group. 

Both the Parent Company financial statements and the Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting 
under those standards. In publishing the Parent Company financial statements together with the Group financial statements, the Company is taking 
advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual Income Statement and related notes that form a part of 
these approved financial statements. The financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling since this is the currency in which the majority of the 
Group’s transactions are denominated.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated 
financial statements. 

The Group has restated the 31 May 2022 Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, Group Balance Sheet, Group 
Statement of Changes in Equity and Group Cash Flow Statement following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a 
joint ventures for the year ended 31 May 2022 and prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the 
opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which 
has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Accounting Estimates involving Judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that may affect the application of 
accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are 
based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates. The Board considers that the key areas requiring the use of estimates and judgements which may materially affect the 
financial statements are: 

a)  Construction Contract Revenue and assets.
IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, applies to all revenue recognition, “Construction Contracts”, insofar as the Group carries out 
construction contracts and represents a key area of judgement. Management must assess the performance obligations under each contract and 
determine the point at which those obligations have been fulfilled, allocating the transaction price as necessary to each obligation. The estimates 
and judgements which management must carry out to assess the total expected costs on a contract are also necessary under IFRS 15. The Group has 
control and review procedures in place to monitor, and evaluate, regularly, the estimates being made to ensure that they are consistent and 
appropriate. This includes reviewing the independent certification of the value of work done, the progress of work against contracted timescales and 
the costs incurred against plan. In particular, management makes judgements on the expected recoverability of value recorded in respect of 
performance obligations which have been completed but not yet agreed with the customer and on the likelihood of the entitlement to any variable 
consideration. Certain contracts contain key performance indicators which determine the level of fee payable and management estimates 
performance against these to decide the appropriate fee level within the range contained in the contract. Differences arising on the ultimate 
completion of the contract and any unforeseen changes or events as the contract progresses may result in material changes to expected financial 
outcomes. Construction contract revenue in the year ended 31 May 2023 was £64.1m (2022: £37.9m). When revenue recognised in respect of a 
customer contract exceeds amounts received or receivable from the customer a contract asset is recognised. At 31 May 2023 this value was 
£5.1m (2022: £6.8m).

b)  Dilapidations Provision 
In accordance with IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” the Board makes provisions for liabilities which exist but where 
judgements have to be made as to the quantification of such liabilities. 

The Group has entered into property leases which in turn have contractual obligations to restore the properties to their condition prior to the 
commencement of the lease. The dilapidations provision, which is set out in Note 27, is based on third party assessments of the cost of the work 
which has been carried out on behalf of the landlords or internal estimates where appropriate. Currently, the Board has no other evidence as to the 
likely final cost of the dilapidations work. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in making this assessment and the amount and timing of 
the associated cash flows. The final cost of the dilapidations works may vary materially from the amount of the provision. The carrying value of the 
dilapidations provision at 31 May 2023 is £5.1m (2022: £2.3m).

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202357

c) Contract Provisions 
The Group has made provisions against contract assets and for potential contract liabilities which require judgements to be made regarding 
recoverable amounts and reasonably possible costs which may be incurred. The nature of these items, which is set out in Note 27, is such that their 
timing and quantum is uncertain and so the Directors have made judgements based upon the facts as they are known at the date of this report. 
Contract provisions have been made against profits which are subject to contract performance measurements which have not yet been carried out 
by the client and other contracts where the Group has identified potential warranty, defects or performance obligations. Such estimates can result in 
contract margins being variable from period to period as judgements may change in the light of changing facts and circumstances. The view has 
been taken that all of these items could potentially occur within the next 12 months and so all of the provisions have been classified as current. The 
carrying value of contract provisions at 31 May 2023 is £6.5m (2022: £6.1m).

d) Post Retirement Employee Benefits 
The Group operates two funded defined benefit schemes and an unfunded concessionary fuel scheme. Independent actuaries calculate the Group’s 
asset/liability in respect of these schemes. The actuaries make assumptions as to discount rates, salary escalations, net interest on scheme assets/
liabilities, future pension increases, mortality rates applicable to members and future rates of inflation. These assumptions are made under the Board’s 
direction. The Board determines the appropriateness of these assumptions by benchmarking them against those used by other schemes and by 
taking advice from the independent actuaries. If the actual experience of the schemes is different from the assumptions used, then the pension 
asset/liability may differ from that shown in these financial statements. More information is given in Note 25 to these financial statements. The impact 
of the equalisation of Guaranteed Minimum Pensions has been assessed to be negligible. The net surplus of the defined benefit schemes and the 
concessionary fuel scheme in the balance sheet at 31 May 2023 is £5.6m (2022: £7.7m). This surplus is not currently realisable as the schemes all are in 
deficit when measured in accordance with the statutory funding objective set out in the Pensions Act.

e) Measurement of the Recoverable Amounts of Cash-Generating Units (“CGUs”) Containing Goodwill, Intangible Assets, Investments 
in Subsidiaries, Investments in joint ventures and Parent Company Intra-Group Balances
In accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, the Board identifies appropriate CGUs and the allocation of goodwill to these units. The assessment 
of impairment involves assumptions on the estimated future operating cash flows from these CGUs, the discount rate applied in the calculations and 
the comparison of the cash flows to the carrying value of the goodwill and other intangible assets. These are key areas of judgement and include 
significant accounting estimates. Management has assessed the sensitivity of carrying amounts of CGUs containing goodwill and/or intangible assets 
to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions. More information on the assumptions used and the sensitivities applied are set out in Note 15 to 
these financial statements. 

f) Valuation of Land
Land held for development, including land in the course of development until legal completion of the sale of the asset, is carried at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value. Investment properties are stated at cost less accumulated impairment. Investment properties are not remeasured to fair value at each 
reporting date, however, a review for impairment is carried out at each reporting date, giving consideration to the fair value of the property. Regular 
reviews are carried out to identify any impairment in the value of the land by comparing the total estimated selling prices less estimated selling expenses 
against the book cost of the land plus estimated costs to complete. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price (in the ordinary course of 
business) less all estimated costs of completion and overheads. Valuations of site/phase work in progress are carried out at regular intervals and estimates 
of the cost to complete a site/phase and estimates of anticipated revenues are required to enable a development profit to be determined. Management 
are required to employ judgement in estimating the profitability of a site/phase and in assessing any impairment provisions which may be required. 

Accounting Judgements
g) Treatment of joint ventures
Management have considered the level of control of each of the Group’s individual joint venture arrangements and are satisfied that the Group does 
not have control, either through voting rights or other circumstances, of any of these arrangements. Tower Regeneration Limited is a joint venture 
between the Group and a third party. The purpose of this joint venture was to enable the Group’s access to a surface mine in South Wales. The mine 
ceased to operate in 2016 and restoration work is nearing completion. The Group is entitled to 35% of the profits from the operation. The strategic 
business decisions of the joint venture are taken by both the Group and the third party equally. This is reflected in the equal representation on that 
Board of each investing party and the ownership of voting rights is split 50:50 between both parties.

Hargreaves Services Europe Limited (“HSEL”), is a material joint venture to the Group. HSEL owns 100% of Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH 
(“HRMS”) which is a key supplier of specialist raw materials to major European customers in the steel, foundry, smelting, ferroalloy, sugar, limestone, 
insulation, refractory and ceramic industries. This combined with the Group’s historic expertise in production operations, materials handling, storage 
operations and logistics, marketing and technical support, creates an ideal platform for HRMS to compete in the supply of speciality mineral products in 
Europe. HRMS owns 94.9% of DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH (“DK”) a recycler of steel waste material and a producer of pig iron and zinc. The Group is 
entitled to 86% of the profits of HSEL, however the Group does not exert control over the business. The Group holds 49% of the voting rights in HSEL, 
with the remainder being held by the HRMS management team. One of the three Directors of HSEL is appointed by the Group. The Group does not have 
the power to change these arrangements. A shareholder agreement is in place to provide the Group with safeguards designed to protect its investment; 
however, the key strategic decisions affecting the operation and its financial results are not taken by the Group. In the event of a dispute between the 
Group and the operation which could not be resolved, the operation would be subject to an orderly wind down. Whilst the voting rights demonstrate 
significant influence, the Group does not control the operation and therefore the Board accounts for the investment as a joint venture.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements58

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

1  Accounting Policies continued
Accounting Judgements continued
g) Treatment of joint ventures continued
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP (“the Unity JV”) is a material joint venture between the Group and a third party. The purpose of this joint venture is to 
develop land owned or controlled by each of the parties. The strategic business decisions of the joint venture are taken by the Board of the Unity JV. 
This is reflected in the equal representation on that Board of each investing party and the ownership of voting rights is split 50:50 between 
both parties.

Measurement Convention 
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except that derivative financial instruments and financial instruments classified as 
fair value through the Statement of Profit and Loss are stated at their fair value. 

Going Concern 
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development performance and position are set out in the Operating 
Review. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial Review. In addition, 
Note 29 to the financial statements includes: the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk. 

The Group’s financing is not dependent on bank borrowings, however the group has access to a £12m invoice discounting facility, which is currently 
undrawn and will remain in place until 31 October 2024. Notwithstanding that, a rigorous review of cash flow forecasts including testing for a range 
of challenging downside sensitivities has been undertaken. Mitigating strategies to these sensitivities considered by the Board exclude any remedies 
which are not entirely within the Group’s control. As a result, and after making appropriate enquiries including reviewing budgets and strategic plans, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that both the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Board continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and financial statements.

Basis of Consolidation 
Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and can affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration 
potential voting rights that are currently exercisable. The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control 
ceases. Losses applicable to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests even if doing so causes the 
non-controlling interests to have a deficit balance.

Change in Subsidiary Ownership and Loss of Control
Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. Where the Group loses 
control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities are derecognised along with any related non-controlling interest and other components of equity. Any 
resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

Application of the Equity Method to joint ventures
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially recognised at cost, or fair value where cost is 
lower than fair value at acquisition. The Group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the total comprehensive income and equity movements of equity accounted 
investees, from the date that significant influence or joint control commences, until the date that significant influence or joint control ceases. When 
the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to £nil and recognition of 
further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an 
investee.

Transactions Eliminated on Consolidation
Intra-Group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-Group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealised 
gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the 
investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 

Parent Company financial statements
In the Parent Company financial statements, all investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are carried at cost less accumulated impairment.

Foreign Currency 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the functional 
currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in 
the Income Statement except for differences arising on qualifying cashflow hedges which are recognised directly in other comprehensive income. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202359

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Pounds Sterling, the Group’s presentational currency, at the exchange rates ruling at 
the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at rates approximating to the foreign exchange rates ruling at 
the dates of the transactions. Exchange differences arising from this translation of foreign operations are reported as an item of other comprehensive 
income and accumulated in the translation reserve or non-controlling interest, as the case may be. When a foreign operation is disposed of, such that 
control, joint control or significant influence is lost, the entire accumulated amount in the translation reserve, net of amounts previously attributed to 
non-controlling interests, is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a 
subsidiary that includes a foreign operation while still retaining control, the relevant proportion of the accumulated amount is reattributed to 
non-controlling interests.

Classification of Financial Instruments Issued by the Group 
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity (i.e., forming part of shareholders’ funds) only to the extent that they meet the 
following two conditions: 

• 

• 

 they include no contractual obligations upon the Group to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or financial 
liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group; and 

 where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no obligation to 
deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the Company’s exchanging a fixed 
amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments. 

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so classified takes the legal 
form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial statements for called up share capital and share premium account 
exclude amounts in relation to those shares. 

Where a financial instrument that contains both equity and financial liability components exists these components are separated and accounted for 
individually under the above policy. The finance cost on the financial liability component is correspondingly higher over the life of the instrument. 

Finance payments associated with financial liabilities are dealt with as part of finance expenses. Finance payments associated with financial 
instruments that are classified in equity are dividends and are recorded directly in equity. 

Financial Instruments 
Financial Assets
The Group classifies financial assets under the following measurement categories:

•  Measured at amortised cost (non-derivative financial assets);

•  Measured subsequently at fair value through either profit or loss or comprehensive income.

Recognition and derecognition 
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date, being the date on which the group commits to purchase or sell the 
asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

At initial recognition, the group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss 
(FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are 
expensed in profit or loss.

Non-derivative Financial Assets
Non-derivative financial assets include trade and other receivables and contract assets, as defined by IFRS 15. Neither of these two categories contain 
a significant financing element and, as such, expected credit losses are measured under IFRS 9 using the simplified impairment approach. This 
approach requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised upon the initial recognition of the asset. 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a non-derivative financial asset at its fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the 
acquisition of the financial asset. The Group subsequently measures trade and other receivables and contract receivables at amortised cost.

Derivative Financial Instruments 
The Group uses forward foreign currency contracts to manage its exchange rate risk. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date and changes 
therein are accounted for as described as follows. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements60

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

1  Accounting Policies continued
Cash Flow Hedges 
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a highly probable forecast transaction (for example, 
interest payments, sales and purchases denominated in foreign currency, sale and purchase of commodities), changes in the fair value of the 
derivative hedging instrument designated as a cash flow hedge are recognised directly in the hedging reserve to the extent that the hedge is 
effective. Amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income when the hedged item affects profit 
or loss. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are accounted for in line with the nature of the hedging arrangement. Derivatives are intended to be 
highly effective in mitigating the above risks, and hedge accounting is adopted where the required hedge documentation is in place and the 
relevant test criteria are met. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised 
immediately in the Income Statement as part of financing costs. The Group continues to apply IAS 39 for the purposes of hedge accounting as 
permitted under IFRS 9.

Non-Financial Assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each balance sheet date to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. An impairment 
loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised 
in the Income Statement. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated 
to CGUs and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis. A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets 
that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. 

Intra-Group Financial Instruments 
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the liabilities (including indebtedness) of subsidiary undertakings or joint 
ventures, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee 
contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Where parts of an item of property, plant and 
equipment have different useful economic lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. 

Depreciation is charged to the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful economic lives of each part of an item of property, 
plant and equipment. Freehold land is not depreciated. Depreciation rates are as follows: 

Freehold buildings 

Leasehold improvements 

Motor vehicles and plant 

Furniture and equipment 

Fixtures and fittings 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2% to 4% p.a. 

15% p.a. 

10% to 33% p.a. 

25% p.a. 

15% p.a. 

Assets in the course of construction are not depreciated until they are brought into use.

Depreciation of right-of-use assets is based on the same categorisation as above. 

Lease accounting policy
The Group has relied upon the exemption under IFRS 16 to exclude the impact of low-value leases and leases that are short-term in nature (defined 
as leases with a term of 12 months or less). Costs on these leases are recognised on a straight-line basis as an operating expense within the income 
statement. All other leases are accounted for in accordance with this policy.

The Group has various lease arrangements for properties (e.g. office buildings and storage facilities), vehicles, and other equipment including plant 
and machinery. At the inception of a lease contract, the Group assesses whether the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified 
asset for a certain period of time and whether it obtains substantially all the economic benefits from the use of that asset, in exchange for 
consideration. The Group recognises a lease liability and a corresponding right-of-use asset with respect to all such lease arrangements in which it is 
a lessee.

A right-of-use asset is capitalised on the balance sheet at cost which comprises the present value of future lease payments determined at the 
inception of the lease adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred in addition to 
an estimate of costs to remove or restore the underlying asset. Where a lease incentive is receivable, the amount is offset against the right-of-use 
asset at inception. Right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the lease 
term and are assessed in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ to determine whether the asset is impaired and to account for any loss.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202361

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of lease payments as outlined above and is subsequently increased by the interest cost on 
the lease liability and decreased by lease payments made. Lease payments comprise fixed lease rental payments only with the exception of property, 
which also includes the associated fixed service charge. Lease liabilities are classified between current and non-current on the balance sheet.

The key estimate applied by management relates to the assessment of the incremental borrowing rate adopted by the Group to discount the future 
lease rentals to present value in order to measure the lease liabilities. The weighted average rate applied by the Group at transition was 3.7%.

Sub leases
If an underlying asset is re-leased by the Company to a third party and the Company retains the primary obligation under the original lease, the 
transaction is deemed to be a sublease. The Company continues to account for the original lease (the head lease) as a lessee and accounts for the 
sublease as a lessor (intermediate lessor). When the head lease is a short-term lease, the sublease is classified as an operating lease. Otherwise, the 
sublease is classified using the classification criteria applicable to Lessor Accounting in IFRS 16 by reference to the right-of-use asset in the head lease 
(and not the underlying asset of the head lease).

After classification lessor accounting is applied to the sublease.

Where the Group also acts as lessor and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the lessee, the Group derecognises the 
related equipment and recognises a receivable for the minimum lease payments discounted at a rate which reflects a constant periodic rate of return 
over the life of the lease. 

Investment Property
Investment properties are properties which are held with the intention to derive value from either rental income, for capital appreciation, or for both. 
Investment properties are stated at cost less accumulated impairment. Investment properties are not remeasured to fair value at each reporting date, 
however, a review for impairment is carried out at each reporting date, giving consideration to the fair value of the property. An impairment is 
recognised when the fair value less costs to sell of the property is lower than the book value. Land is not depreciated. In accordance with IAS 40, an 
investment property which is being sold is not reclassified as inventory but is treated as an investment property until it is derecognised.

All investment properties within the Group relate to Hargreaves Land.

Business Combinations 
Subject to the transitional relief in IFRS 1, all business combinations are accounted for by applying the purchase method. Goodwill arises from the 
acquisition of businesses and represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the identifiable assets (including 
other intangible assets), liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Identifiable intangibles are those which can be sold separately, or which arise 
from legal rights regardless of whether those rights are separable. 

Acquisitions on or After 1 June 2010 
For acquisitions on or after 1 June 2010, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus 

the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus 

the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less 

the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Costs related to the acquisition, other than those 
associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred. 

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it is not 
remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are 
recognised in profit or loss. 

On the acquisition of a business, fair values are attributed to the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, reflecting conditions 
at the date of acquisition. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the Group. Provisional fair 
values are finalised within 12 months of the business combination date and, where significant, are adjusted by restatement of the comparative period 
in which the acquisition occurred.

On a transaction-by-transaction basis, the Group elects to measure non-controlling interests, which have both present ownership interests and are 
entitled to a proportionate share of net assets of the acquiree in the event of liquidation, either at its fair value or at its proportionate interest in the 
recognised amount of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree at the acquisition date. All other non-controlling interests are measured at their fair 
value at the acquisition date. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements62

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

1  Accounting Policies continued
Business Combinations continued
Acquisitions Between 1 June 2006 and 1 June 2010 
Goodwill arising on acquisitions that have occurred between 1 June 2006 and 1 June 2010 is capitalised and is subject to impairment review, both 
annually and when there are indications the carrying value may not be recoverable. Negative goodwill arising on an acquisition is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. 

Acquisitions and Disposals of Non-Controlling Interests 
Acquisitions and disposals of non-controlling interests that do not result in a change of control are accounted for as transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners and therefore no goodwill is recognised as a result of such transactions. The adjustments to non-controlling interests are based 
on a proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary. Any difference between the price paid or received and the amount by which 
non-controlling interests are adjusted is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Parent. 

Prior to the adoption of IAS 27 (2008), goodwill was recognised on the acquisition of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary, which represented the 
excess of the cost of the additional investment over the carrying amount of the interest in the net assets acquired at the date of the transaction. 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill 
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs and is not amortised but is tested annually for 
impairment. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment in the 
investee. 

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group, which have finite useful economic lives, are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised in profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible 
assets from the date that they are available for use. Customer contracts are amortised over five years, being the length of the contract.

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the weighted average method and includes expenditure incurred 
in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Work in 
progress includes work to date on service contracts where project milestones have not yet been reached. Where necessary, provisions are made 
against obsolete, defective or slow-moving inventories. 

Properties Held for Development and Resale
Properties held for development and resale are included within inventories on the basis that their carrying value will be recovered principally through 
sale in the ordinary course of business, rather than through continuing use within the Group. These assets are not available for immediate sale and 
will be subject to further development before being available for sale. Properties held for development and resale are shown in the financial 
statements at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost represents the acquisition price including legal and other professional costs associated 
with the acquisition together with subsequent development costs net of amounts transferred to cost of sales. Net realisable value is the expected net 
sales proceeds of the developed property.

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the Cash Flow Statement. 

Trade and Other Payables 
Trade and other payables are non-interest-bearing and are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

Interest-Bearing Borrowings 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transactions costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing 
borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

Reversals of Impairment 
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, an impairment loss is reversed when there is an indication that 
the impairment loss may no longer exist and there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment 
loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of 
depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. 

Employee Benefits 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans 
The Group operates a concessionary fuel retirement benefit scheme. In addition, following the acquisition of Maltby Colliery, the Group is a member 
of two pension schemes providing benefits based on final pensionable pay. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202363

The retirement benefit scheme liabilities are calculated by a qualified actuary using the projected unit method. The concessionary fuel retirement 
benefit schemes are unfunded retirement benefits and as such there are no assets in the schemes. The retirement benefit deficits are recognised in 
full, the movement in the scheme deficits is split between operating charges, finance items and, in other comprehensive income, remeasurement 
gains and losses. 

The defined benefit pension schemes are funded retirement benefit schemes. Pension scheme assets are measured using market values. Pension 
scheme liabilities are measured using a projected unit method and discounted at the current rate of return on a high-quality corporate bond of 
equivalent term and currency to the liability. The pension scheme surplus (to the extent that it is recoverable) or deficit is recognised in full. The 
movement in the scheme surplus/deficit is split between operating charges, finance items and, in other comprehensive income, remeasurement 
gains and losses. 

Defined Contribution Pension Plans 
The Group operates a Group defined contribution personal pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group in 
an independently administered fund. The amount charged against profits represents the contributions payable to the scheme in respect of the 
financial year. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the Income Statement as incurred. 

Share-Based Payment Transactions 
The Group operates a share option scheme for certain employees. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a 
corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using an option valuation model, taking into account the 
terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share 
options for which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an 
expense is based on the number of share options that do not meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. 

Where the Company grants share-based payment awards over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiaries it recognises, in its individual 
financial statements, an increase in the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity-settled share-based payment charge recognised 
in its consolidated financial statements with the corresponding credit being recognised directly in equity. 

Shares purchased by the Group are deducted from retained earnings at the total consideration paid or payable.

Exceptional Items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income and expenditure which are material and non-routine in nature and which are considered to be of 
such significance that they require separate disclosure on the face of the Income Statement. Any future movement on items previously classified as 
exceptional continues to be classified as exceptional.

Revenue 
Revenue is recognised when control over a product or service is transferred to the Group’s customer. The value attributed to revenue is measured 
based on the consideration specified in the contract and excludes any amounts collected on behalf of third parties. In circumstances where 
consideration is not clearly defined in the contract, the revenue is subject to variability. When revenue is variable, the Group estimates the amount of 
consideration to be recovered. Revenue is only recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in a future period will not 
occur. When an amendment to an existing contract arises, the Group reviews the nature of the modification and whether or not it reflects a separate 
or new performance obligation to be satisfied, or whether it is an amendment to an existing performance obligation. The Group does not adjust the 
amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component when the Group expects, at the contract date, that the period between 
when the Group transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

Revenue is measured excluding value added tax, for goods and services supplied to external customers in line with the fulfilment of contractual 
performance obligations. All directly attributable expenses in respect of goods supplied and services provided are recognised in the Income 
Statement in the period to which they relate. The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the 
promised goods or services to the customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust its 
transaction price for the time value of money.

The Group’s activities cover a variety of disciplines, therefore, depending on the nature of the product or service delivered and the timing of when 
control is passed onto the customer, the Group will account for revenue both over time and at a point in time. Where revenue is measured over time, 
the Group uses the input method to measure progress of delivery.

Sales of Goods
Revenue is recognised at a point in time when delivery of the product has been made and title has passed to the customer. Revenue is recognised 
on individual sales at a point in time when the conditions above have been met. 

Revenue is measured at the invoiced price net of VAT and any discounts. If, as a separate transaction, the Company has entered into a derivative 
contract to hedge the sale price, any gains or losses on that hedge instrument are also included in revenue at the same time as the hedged 
transaction is recorded as revenue. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements64

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

1  Accounting Policies continued
Services 
Revenue is recognised over time as contractual performance obligations are fulfilled. A proportion of sales are subject to long-term contracts, 
typically on a cost-plus or similar basis. Typically, these contracts take the form of a continuing performance obligation. The revenue and profit on 
such contracts is recognised (and invoiced) using the input method of measuring progress on completion of the performance obligation. Profit is 
recognised in line with the recognition of revenue allocating costs to each separate performance obligation as appropriate. Any losses on contracts 
are recognised in full immediately.

Construction Contract Revenue
When the outcome of individual contracts can be estimated reliably, contract revenue and costs are recognised as revenue and expenses 
respectively over time by reference to the fulfilment of performance obligations using the input method of estimating progress of delivery at the 
reporting date. Costs are recognised as incurred, and revenue is recognised using the input method. The costs of obtaining a contract are recognised 
as an expense when incurred if the amortisation period of the asset that the Group otherwise would have recognised is one year or less. The stage of 
completion of a contract is assessed by reference to completion of a physical proportion of the contract work. Revenue includes the initial amount 
agreed in the contract plus any variations in contracted work, to the extent that it is probable that they will result in revenue and can be measured 
reliably. Revenue includes an assessment of any variable consideration which may become receivable based upon relevant performance measures. 
Variable consideration is included based on the expected value or most likely amount only to the extent that it is highly probable that there will not 
be a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised. Provision is made for all known or expected losses on contracts as soon as 
they are foreseen. These provisions are reviewed throughout the contract life and are adjusted as required. However, the nature of the risks on 
contracts are such that is often not possible to resolve them until the end of the contract and therefore the provisions may not reverse until the 
contract is concluded.

Rental Income
Rental income from property is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are 
recognised as an integral part of the total rental income, over the term of the lease.

Property 
Sales of freehold land and properties are recognised at a point in time upon legal completion.

Rebates
From time to time the Group may offer a rebate on the sale of goods. The rebate is recognised at the point of sale as a reduction in revenue recorded. 
Should the rebate not become due then additional revenue is booked to reflect this at the point at which it becomes clear the rebate will not 
be payable.

Contract Assets 
Contract assets represent amounts for which the Group has an unconditional right to consideration in respect of unbilled revenue recognised at the 
balance sheet date and comprises costs incurred plus attributable margin.

Contract Liabilities 
Contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which consideration has been received, or consideration is 
due, from the customer.

Net Finance Costs 
Net finance costs comprise interest payable, finance charges on leases and interest receivable on funds invested together with changes in the fair 
values of interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts recognised through the profit and loss and the net interest on the defined 
benefit pension scheme liability. This is determined by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of 
the year to the net defined benefit asset/liability. 

Interest income and interest payable is recognised in the Income Statement as it accrues, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is 
recognised in the Income Statement on the date the entity’s right to receive payment is established. 

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises both current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement except to the extent that it 
relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, 
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202365

The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect 
neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that 
they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can 
be utilised.

Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the Balance Sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that can be 
reliably measured, and where it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, 
provisions are determined by discounting the expected, risk adjusted, future cash flows at a pre-tax risk-free rate. The effect is not deemed material 
for any the Group’s provisions. 

Restoration and Rehabilitation Costs
The previous mining, extraction and processing activities of the Group gave rise to obligations for site restoration. Restoration works can include site 
decommissioning and dismantling and site and land rehabilitation. The extent of work required, and the associated costs are dependent on the 
requirements of relevant authorities and the Group’s environmental policies.

An initial provision reflecting the current obligation for the cost of future site restoration is recognised at the commencement of the production 
phase for all liabilities created through development of the surface mine. Production activities give rise to further restoration obligations and 
provisions are made for these liabilities as they arise.

Restoration provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows. Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming an 
expectation of future activities and the amount and timing of the associated cash flows. Such expectations are based on existing planning 
requirements and management’s future development plans which give rise to a constructive obligation.

Restoration provisions are adjusted for changes in estimates, which are accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost within 
non-current assets, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the unamortised capitalised cost of the related assets, in which case the 
capitalised cost is reduced to £nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Changes to the 
capitalised cost result in an adjustment to future amortisation and financial charges. 

Given the significant judgements and estimates involved, adjustments to the estimated amount and timing of future restoration and rehabilitation 
cash flows are a normal occurrence. Factors influencing those changes include but are not limited to: revisions to estimated reserves and site 
operations; planning requirements and management’s development plans and changes in the estimated cost and scope of anticipated activities. 

Adopted IFRSs Not Yet Applied 
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 May 2023 reporting periods and have not 
been early adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods 
and on foreseeable future transactions. 

2  Segmental Information 
The following analysis by industry segment is presented in accordance with IFRS 8 on the basis of those segments whose operating results are 
regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors (the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined by IFRS 8) to assess performance and make strategic 
decisions about allocation of resources. 

The sectors distinguished as operating segments are Services, Hargreaves Land, Unallocated and HRMS. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Services: Provides materials handling, mechanical and electrical engineering, land restoration, logistics and bulk earthmoving into the energy, 
environmental, infrastructure and industrial sectors. 

 Hargreaves Land: The development and realisation of value from the land portfolio including rental income from investment properties and 
the share of profit of the Unity joint venture.

 Unallocated: The corporate overhead contains the central functions that are not devolved to the individual business units.

 Hargreaves Raw Materials Services (“HRMS”): The Group’s share of its German joint venture, which includes Hargreaves Services Europe 
Limited which is the parent company of HRMS and DK.

These segments are combinations of subsidiaries and joint ventures. They have separate management teams and provide different products and 
services. The four operating segments are also reportable segments.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements66

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

2  Segmental Information continued
The segment results, as reported to the Board of Directors, are calculated under the principles of IFRS. Performance is measured on the basis of 
underlying profit/(loss) before tax, which is reconciled to profit/(loss) before tax in the tables below: 

Revenue
Total revenue
Intra-segment revenue

Revenue from external customers

Operating profit/(loss) (before exceptional items and 
amortisation)
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Net finance (expense)/income
Amortisation charge

Profit/(loss) before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation

Depreciation charge

Capital expenditure

Net assets/(liabilities)
Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Segment net assets
Joint ventures

Total net assets

Services 
2023 
£000

202,958
(2,107)

200,851

14,326
–
(1,956)
(175)

12,195
(231)

11,964

14,295

33,690

94,111
(85,028)

9,083
–

9,083

Hargreaves 
Land 
2023 
£000

Unallocated 
2023 
£000

10,608
–

10,608

3,011
841
44
–

3,896
629

4,525

110

6,083

73,920
(6,623)

67,297
5,675

72,972

–
–

–

(5,365)
–
959
–

(4,406)
373

(4,033)

165

235

63,515
(13,186)

50,329
–

50,329

HRMS 
2023 
£000

–
–

–

–
15,470
–
–

15,470
–

15,470

–

–

–
–

–
68,607

68,607

Total 
2023 
£000

213,566
(2,107)

211,459

11,972
16,311
(953)
(175)

27,155
771

27,926

14,570

40,008

231,546
(104,837)

126,709
74,282

200,991

Unallocated net assets of £50.3m include cash and cash equivalents of £21.9m, net deferred tax asset of £11.3m, amounts due from joint ventures of 
£11.2m, amounts due to joint ventures of £4.1m, a net pension asset of £5.6m and other corporate items (£4.4m asset).

Revenue
Total revenue
Intra-segment revenue

Revenue from external customers

Operating profit/(loss) (before exceptional items)
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)*
Net finance (expense)/income
Exceptional items

Profit/(loss) before taxation from continuing operations*
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation*

Depreciation and impairment charge

Capital expenditure

Net assets/(liabilities)
Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Segment net assets
Joint ventures*

Total net assets*

Services 
2022 
£000

163,800
(992)

162,808

8,011
–
(468)
1,754

9,297
3,343

12,640

(8,344)

(13,507)

79,155
(70,104)

9,051
–

9,051

Hargreaves 
Land 
2022 
£000

Unallocated 
2022 
£000

Restated* 
HRMS 
2022 
£000

15,100
–

15,100

1,211
858
58
–

2,127
(3,546)

(1,419)

(100)

(1,165)

62,505
(7,391)

55,114
4,836

59,950

–
–

–

(4,748)
–
463
–

(4,285)
550

(3,735)

(222)

(154)

68,706
(8,118)

60,588
–

60,588

–
–

–

–
25,021
–
–

25,021
– 

25,021

–

–

–
–

–
50,260

50,260

Restated* 
Total 
2022 
£000

178,900
(992)

177,908

4,474
25,879
53
1,754

32,160
347

32,507

(8,666)

(14,826)

210,366
(85,613)

124,753
55,096

179,849

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202367

Unallocated net assets of £60.6m include cash and cash equivalents of £13.8m, deferred tax asset of £11.1m, amounts due from joint ventures of 
£29.3m, a net pension asset of £7.7m, deferred tax liability of £1.9m and other corporate items (£0.6m asset).

*  

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

The following table analyses revenue by significant category:

Sale of goods
Provision of services
Rental Income
Construction contracts

The timing of revenue recognition is analysed as follows:

Over time
At a point in time

Revenue

Over time
At a point in time

Revenue

2023 
£000

31,279
115,267
829
64,084

211,459

Hargreaves 
Land 
2023 
£000

2,364
8,244

10,608

Hargreaves 
Land 
2022 
£000

13,857
1,243

15,100

 Services 
2023 
£000

112,382
88,469

200,851

Services 
2022 
£000

74,953
87,855

162,808

Geographical Information

2023

2022

UK*
Europe
Hong Kong
Other overseas

3  Other Operating Income/(expense)

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Profit on disposal of investment property 
Loss on disposal of right-of-use assets
Management charge for services provided 

Total other operating income

Revenue 
£000

175,954
2,027
29,916
3,562

211,459

Non-current 
assets 
£000

166,521
–
825
598

167,944

Revenue 
£000

150,498
2,427
22,436
2,547

177,908

2023 
£000

4,475
260
(17)
200

4,918

2022 
£000

36,123
103,286
609
37,890

177,908

Total 
2023 
£000

114,746
96,713

211,459

Total 
2022 
£000

88,810
89,098

177,908

Restated* 
Non-current 
assets 
£000

124,754
–
224
909

125,887

2022 
£000

308
990
–
–

1,298

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements68

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

4  Expenses and Auditors’ remuneration
The following items have been charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss: 

Amortisation of other intangibles 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment owned
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment owned 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Interest payable on right-of-use leases
Expense relating to short-term leases
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets that are not shown above as short-term

Auditors’ remuneration:

Audit of these financial statements 

Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of: 
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company 
Audit of financial statements of joint ventures of the Company
Taxation compliance services
Other assurance services 

5  Exceptional Items
The Group incurred one exceptional item in the year ended 31 May 2022 as follows: 

Exceptional item in Administrative expenses
Release of accrual relating to a liability from the year ended 31 May 2015

Total exceptional item in Administrative expenses

Total

2023 
£000

175
–
1,681
12,889
2,099
7,090
1,351

2023 
£000

90

285
235
9
–

2023 
£000

–

–

–

2022 
£000

–
1,531
2,513
4,622
537
4,191
1,287

2022 
£000

91

252
222
7
9

2022 
£000

1,754

1,754

1,754

In the year ended 31 May 2022, an aged accrual dating from the year ended 31 May 2015 totalling £1,754,000 was released as the potential for 
payment had lapsed due to time.

6  Staff Numbers and Costs 
The average number of persons employed by the Group in continuing operations (including Directors) during the year, analysed by category, was as 
follows: 

Directors and senior management
Administration
Production

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries 
Share-based payments (see Note 26) 
Social security costs 

Contributions to defined contribution pension scheme (see Note 25) 
Expenses of defined benefit pension schemes (see Note 25) 

The Company has no employees (2022: nil).

Number of employees Group

2023

16
288
1,057

1,361

Group

2023 
£000

61,380
359
4,711

1,921
186

68,557

2022

17
234
979

1,230

2022 
£000

48,756
349
3,834

1,696
341

54,976

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 20237  Directors’ Remuneration

Directors’ emoluments 
Emoluments in lieu of Company pension contributions 

69

2023 
£000

2,192
214

2,406

2022 
£000

3,034
205

3,239

The aggregate of emoluments and amounts receivable under long-term incentive schemes of the highest paid Director was £1,028,000 (2022: 
£1,152,000), and £121,000 (2022: £118,000) was paid in lieu of Company pension contributions. 

The detailed breakdown of the Directors’ total emoluments is included within the Remuneration Report. 

The number of Directors who exercised share options was
The number of Directors in respect of whose services shares were received or receivable under long-term incentive 
schemes was

–

3

3

4

At the balance sheet date two Directors hold rights to subscribe for a total of 78,202 shares in the Group as a result of options which have vested but 
have not yet been exercised (2022: one Director 29,704). 

All of the Directors benefited from qualifying third-party indemnity provisions.

Number of Directors

2023

2022

8  Finance Income and Expense 
Recognised in Profit or Loss 

Finance income
Bank interest receivable
Early settlement discount
Interest received from jointly controlled entities
Interest on defined benefit pension scheme obligation (see Note 25)

Total finance income

Finance expense 
Total interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Interest payable on leases
Foreign exchange loss

Total finance expense 

2023 
£000

415
94
805
298

1,612

280
2,099
186

2,565

2022 
£000

94
179
531
19

823

26
537
207

770

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements70

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

9  Taxation 
Recognised in the Income Statement

Current tax 
Current year
Adjustments for prior years 

Current tax expense

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary timing differences 
Adjustments for prior years 

Deferred tax credit

Tax credit in Income Statement (excluding share of tax of equity accounted investees)

2023 
£000

187
24

211

2,382
(3,364)

(982)

(771)

2022 
£000

212
(4)

208

1,542
(2,097)

(555)

(347)

The deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years of £3,364,000 (2022: £2,097,000) relates to losses assumed to be utilised in the previous year, 
which were ultimately retained.

Recognised in Other Comprehensive Income 

Deferred tax credit/(expense)
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Remeasurements of defined benefit pension schemes 

Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate

Profit for the year from continuing operations* 
Total tax credit 

2023 
£000

–
1,161

1,161

2023 
£000

27,926
(771)

2022 
£000

(8)
(1,488)

(1,496)

Restated* 
2022 
£000

32,507
(347)

Profit before taxation from continuing operations* 

27,155

32,160

Tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 20.00% (2022: 19.00%)* 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Tax effect of joint ventures*
Changes in unrecognised tax losses
Non-deductible expenses
Other temporary trading differences
Adjustment in respect of previous periods 

Effective total tax credit

5,431

(159)
(3,100)
(616)
776
237
(3,340)

6,110

37
(4,753)
136
407
(183)
(2,101)

(771)

(347)

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Adjustment in respect of previous periods includes the impact of the “super deduction” of 130% on qualifying fixed asset additions, which resulted in 
losses that were expected to be utilised in the May 2022 computations being retained.

The UK corporation tax rate increased from 19.00% on 1 April 2023, therefore a blended rate of 20.00% has been used (2022: 19.00%). 

Factors That May Affect Future Current and Total Tax Charges 
Following the March 2022 budget, the corporate tax rate increased from 19% to 25% on 1 April 2023. The deferred tax balances at 31 May 2023 and 
31 May 2022 have been calculated based on the rate substantively enacted at the balance sheet date of 25%.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202371

10  Discontinued Operations
All discontinued operations results are attributable to equity holders. For the year ended 31 May 2023, there were no discontinued operations. For the 
year ended 31 May 2022, the Group’s discontinued operations made a profit of £2,000,000 after tax during the year. 

The profit from discontinued operations in the prior year represents the contingent consideration received following the disposal of Brockwell Energy 
Limited (“Brockwell”). The Company disposed of the whole of its shareholding in Brockwell on 19 October 2018 with contingent consideration of £2m 
which was received in the year ended 31 May 2022. There are no remaining balances relating to this matter.

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiary

Profit before tax of discontinued operations

Current tax charge

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

2023 
£000

–

–

–

–

2022 
£000

2,000

2,000

–

2,000

11  Earnings per Share 
The calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) is based on the profit for the year attributable to equity holders and on the weighted average number of 
shares in issue and ranking for dividend in the year.

Underlying earnings per share from continuing  
operations*
Exceptional items, fair value adjustments,  
amortisation and impairment (net of tax)

Continuing basic earnings per share*
Discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share*

Weighted average number of shares

2023

Restated* 2022

Earnings 
£000

EPS 
Pence

DEPS 
Pence

Earnings 
£000

28,066

86.28

84.55

(140)

27,926
–

27,926

(0.43)

85.85
–

85.85

(0.42)

84.13
–

84.13

32,528

33,193

31,086

1,421

32,507
2,000

34,507

EPS 
Pence

96.06

4.39

100.45
6.18

106.63

32,362

DEPS 
Pence

93.22

4.26

97.48
6.00

103.48

33,347

The calculation of weighted average number of shares includes the effect of own shares held of 611,118 (2022: 611,118).

The calculation of diluted earnings per share (“DEPS”) is based on the profit for the year and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
in the year. The potentially dilutive effect of the share options outstanding (effect on weighted average number of shares) is 665,549 (2022: 985,056); 
effect of basic earnings per ordinary share in the current year is 1.72p (2022: 3.15p). Effect on underlying earnings per ordinary share is 1.73p (2022: 
2.84p). Effect on discontinued operations per ordinary share for 2023 is nil (2022: 0.18p).

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

 Basic, continuing basic, underlying and diluted earnings per share for the prior year have also been restated. The amount of the correction for basic and diluted earnings per 
share was a decrease of 7.2p and 7.0p per share respectively. The amount of the correction for continuing basic and diluted earnings per share was a decrease of 7.2p and 
7.0p per share respectively. The amount of the correction for underlying and diluted earnings per share was a decrease of 7.2p and 7.0p per share respectively.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
72

12  Property, Plant and Equipment
Group

Cost
At 1 June 2021
Additions
Disposals
Transfers to right-of-use assets and investment properties
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022
Additions
Acquisitions (Note 17)
Disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2023

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 June 2021
Depreciation
Impairment
Disposals
Transfers to right-of-use assets and investment properties
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022
Depreciation
Disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2023

Net book value
At 1 June 2021

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2023

Freehold land
and buildings
and leasehold 
improvements
£000

Furniture and
equipment
£000

Motor
vehicles
and plant
£000

Fixtures
and fittings
£000

11,836
–
(494)
(38)
–

11,304

11,304
320
1,250
(223)
1

4,335
168
(936)
–
14

3,581

3,581
1,561
10
(894)
5

24,045
1,307
(1,864)
(811)
107

22,784

22,784
1,556
164
(7,419)
(393)

12,652

4,263

16,692

5,233
453
356
(88)
(11)
(3)

5,940

5,940
260
(35)
–

6,165

6,603

5,364

6,487

3,971
206
–
(936)
–
29

3,270

3,270
521
(894)
(3)

17,236
1,844
1,175
(1,762)
–
58

18,551

18,551
890
(5,518)
(236)

2,894

13,687

364

311

1,369

6,809

4,233

3,005

402
4
–
–
4

410

410
5
–
(425)
10

–

372
10
–
–
–
(2)

380

380
10
(424)
34

–

30

30

–

Total
£000

40,618
1,479
(3,294)
(849)
125

38,079

38,079
3,442
1,424
(8,961)
(377)

33,607

26,812
2,513
1,531
(2,786)
(11)
82

28,141

28,141
1,681
(6,871)
(205)

22,746

13,806

9,938

10,861

For the year ended 31 May 2022, the group recognised an impairment charge of £1.5m against some unproductive plant.

The Company has no property, plant and equipment.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued73

Total
£000

24,891
12,276
(3,283)
811
(45)

34,650

34,650
30,783
(1,389)
(33)

Land and
buildings
£000

Motor vehicles
and plant
£000

2,840
497
(131)
–
(11)

3,195

3,195
1,004
(302)
(37)

22,051
11,779
(3,152)
811
(34)

31,455

31,455
29,779
(1,087)
4

3,860

60,151

64,011

1,689
602
(131)
–
24

2,184

2,184
733
(248)
9

9,426
4,020
(3,063)
11
10

10,404

10,404
12,156
(1,042)
–

11,115
4,622
(3,194)
11
34

12,588

12,588
12,889
(1,290)
9

2,678

21,518

24,196

1,151

1,011

1,182

12,625

21,051

38,633

13,776

22,062

39,815

13  Right-of-Use Assets
Group

Cost
At 1 June 2021
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from fixed assets
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022
Additions
Disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2023

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 June 2021
Depreciation
Disposals
Transfer from fixed assets
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022
Depreciation
Disposals
Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 May 2023

Net book value

At 1 June 2021

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2023

The Group leases various offices, warehouses, stores, equipment and vehicles.

The Company has no right-of-use assets.

Security
The Group’s ROU assets are used to secure some of its interest-bearing loans and borrowings (see Note 23).

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements74

14  Investment Property

At cost

At 1 June
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from fixed assets

At 31 May

Group

2023
£000

8,298
5,783
(7)
–

14,074

2022
£000

7,607
1,070
(417)
38

8,298

Company

2023
£000

–
–
–
–

–

2022
£000

–
–
–
–

–

The fair value of the Investment Properties is estimated by the Directors at £29,600,000 (2022: £14,128,000). The increase in the estimated fair value is 
as a result of the Market Value Today as prepared by JLL.

15  Intangible Assets including Goodwill
Group

Cost
At 1 June 2021
Disposals

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022
Acquisitions (Note 17)

At 31 May 2023

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 June 2021
Disposals

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022

Amortisation charge

At 31 May 2023

Net book value
At 1 June 2021

At 31 May 2022

At 31 May 2023

Goodwill
£000

18,314
–

18,314

18,314
–

Customer
contracts
£000

1,404
(1,404)

Total
Cost
£000

19,718
(1,404)

–

18,314

–
1,036

18,314
1,036

18,314

1,036

19,350

13,490
–

13,490

13,490

–

13,490

4,824

4,824

4,824

1,404
(1,404)

–

–

175

175

–

–

861

14,894
(1,404)

13,490

13,490

175

13,665

4,824

4,824

5,685

The customer contract acquisition included within Intangible Assets relates to the acquisition of SBU Limited and its wholly owned subsidiary S&B 
Utilities Limited and the framework positions acquired with that business. This will be amortised over a five-year period which is the length of the 
customer contracts and frameworks acquired. See Note 17.

The Group does not have any internally generated intangible assets.

The Company has no intangible assets (2022: £nil).

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continuedImpairment Testing
The intangible assets have been allocated to Cash-Generating Units or groups of CGUs as follows:

Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited
Specialist Earthworks

S&B Utilities Limited

75

Goodwill

2023
£000

1,252
3,572

4,824

Customer Contracts

2023
£000

861

861

2022
£000

1,252
3,572

4,824

2022
£000

–

–

The recoverable amounts of the above CGUs have been calculated with reference to their value in use. The key features of this calculation are shown 
below:

Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited:

Period on which management approved forecasts are based
Discount rate

Specialist Earthworks:

Period on which management approved forecasts are based
Discount rate

S&B Utilities Limited:

Period on which management approved forecasts are based

Discount rate

2023

5 years
11.4%

2023

10 years
11.4%

2023

5 years

11.4%

2022

5 years
10.5%

2022

10 years
10.5%

2022

–

–

In order to test goodwill for impairment the Group performs value in use calculations by preparing cash flow forecasts for each CGU derived from the 
most recent financial budget and strategic plan approved by management going forward five years, with the exception of Specialist Earthworks 
which is based on a 10 year financial budget due to the nature of the business. An annual growth rate of 2% has been assumed after the relevant 
forecast period in perpetuity. The Board considers that the assumptions of growth provide management with a conservative estimate against which 
to compare the corresponding CGU carrying values. Sustaining maintenance capital expenditure in each CGU has been included in the calculations 
but no cash flows relating to enhancement capital expenditure have been included. A post-tax discount rate of 11.4% (2022: 10.5%) has been used in 
the first instance. The increase in the discount rate is due to an increase in the debt and cost of debt.

For the year ended 31 May 2023 and 31 May 2022, each of the CGUs has substantial headroom under the annual impairment review, which remains 
after allowing for reasonably possible changes in assumptions.

Other than changes to the discount rate, the key assumption which would impact the carrying value of goodwill is the margin generated by each 
CGU. Whilst the sensitivities vary according to CGU, for a material impairment to take place the discount rate would have to increase to 32% (2022: 
30%) or the assumed operating margins would have to decrease by more than 30% (2022: 35%) before any further impact on any single CGU.

The Company has no intangible assets.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements76

16  Investments in Subsidiaries and joint ventures
List of Registered Offices:

16.1 
16.2 
16.3 
16.4 
16.5 
16.6 
16.7 
16.8 
16.9 
16.10 
16.11 
16.12 

West Terrace, Esh Winning, Durham, DH7 9PT
Tower Colliery, Tirherbert Road, Rhigos, Aberdare, CF44 9UF
Böningerstraβe 29, 47051 Duisburg, Germany
Van Heetveldelei 178, 2100 Deurne, Antwerp, Belgium
Suite 2, Park House Earls Colne Business Park, Earls Colne, Colchester, Essex, England, CO6 2NS
Plac Rodla, 8/914, 70-419 Szczecin, Polska
Flat No.333, 3rd Floor, Devika Tower, 6 Nehru Place, Delhi-110019, India
3 Nobel Boulavard, Cape Gate NE3, Vanderbijlpark, Gauteng, 1900
Lot 6.05, Level 6, 8 First Avenue, Bandar Utama, 47800 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
Room 1117-8, 11th Floor, Tuen Mun Central Square, N0.22 Hoi Wing Road, Tuen Mun, New Territories, HK
Cp House, Otterspool Way, Watford, Hertfordshire, England, WD25 8JJ
Werthausser Str. 182, 47053 Duisburg, Germany

The Group and Company have the following investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures at the end of the year:

Company

Subsidiary undertakings

Hargreaves (UK) Limited
Hargreaves Industrial Services Limited
Forward Sound Limited*
Hargreaves Services (HK) Limited
Hargreaves Land Limited
H Technical Resources Limited*
Hargreaves Maltby Limited*
Hargreaves Property Ventures Limited
Hargreaves Services (Westfield) Limited*
Hargreaves Services (Castlebridge) Limited*
Hargreaves Services (Blindwells) Limited
Hargreaves Services Forestry Limited*
Hargreaves Services South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Hargreaves Mining India Private Limited
C.A. Blackwell Group Limited*
Hargreaves Industrial Services Sdn Bhd
Hargreaves Pension Company Limited
Hargreaves Land Holdings Limited*
Blackwell Earthmoving Limited

Dormant

Coal 4 Energy Limited*
Hargreaves Carbon Products Europe Limited*
Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (Damside) Limited*
Hargreaves Corporate Director Limited*
Hargreaves Services (Muir Dean) Limited*
Hargreaves Industrial Products Limited*
HBLT Limited*
R Hanson & Son Limited*
HESOTT Limited*
H Europe Limited*

Joint ventures
Mir Trade Services Limited*
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

Address of 
registered office

Class of shares 
held

2023

2022

Ownership

16.1
16.1
16.1
16.10
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.8
16.7
16.1
16.9
16.1
16.1
16.5

16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1

16.1
16.1

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
–
100%
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
–

–
49%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
49%

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued77

Address of 
registered office

Class of shares 
held

2023

2022

Ownership

16.1

16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.4
16.10
16.10
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.10
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1

16.2
16.2
16.3
16.6
16.1
16.1
16.11
16.12
16.12

Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100%

100%
100%
100%
85.2%
85%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

50%
50%
49%
49%
50%
50%
50%
47%
25%

100%

100%
100%
100%
85.2%
85%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

50%
50%
49%
49%
50%
50%
50%
47%
25%

Group
Subsidiary undertakings
Hargreaves (UK) Services Limited
The Monckton Coke & Chemical
Company Limited *
Maltby Colliery Limited*
HE Contracts Limited*
Maxibrite Limited *
RocPower Limited *
Hargreaves Carbon Products NV
Hargreaves Industrial Services (HK) Limited
Access Services (HK) Limited
OCCW (St Ninians) Limited *
OCCW (Duncanziemere) Limited *
OCCW (Chalmerston) Limited *
OCCW (Netherton) Limited *
OCCW (Damside) Limited *
OCCW (Broken Cross) Limited *
OCCW (House of Water) Limited *
C. A. Blackwell (Contracts) Limited
Geofirma Soils Engineering Limited *
Renaissance Land Regeneration Limited *
Hargreaves Land (North) Limited*
Hargreaves Land (South) Limited*
Hargreaves Power Services (HK) Limited
SBU Limited*
S&B Utilities Limited*
Dalquhandy Windfarm SPV Limited*
Broken Cross Energy SPV Limited*
North Kyle Windfarm SPV Limited*
Kennoxhead SPV Limited*
Broken Cross Windfarm SPV Limited*
Westfield EFW SPV Limited*
Poniel Energy SPV Limited*
Killoch Energy SPV Limited*
Westfield Windfarm SPV Limited*
Westfield Solar SPV Limited*
Hargreaves Land Group Limited*

Joint ventures
Tower Regeneration Limited
Tower Regeneration Leasing Limited *
Hargreaves Raw Material Services GmbH
Hargreaves Carbon Products Polska Sp. z o.o.
Carbon Action Ltd
Hargreaves Darlington Limited*
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
DK Recycling und Roheisen GmbH
Hargreaves-EWT Industrieservices GmbH

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements78

16  Investments in Subsidiaries and joint ventures continued

Dormant companies
Metallurgical Supplies Limited*
Tru-Green Limited*
Eastgate Materials Handling Limited*
Renaissance Land Management Limited*
517EPA Limited*
RocFuel Limited*
Squire Distribution Services Limited*
Har Transport Limited*
HS Transport Services Limited*
Premier Lime and Stone Company*
C.A. Blackwell (Plant) Limited*
HBR Limited*

Address of 
registered office

Class of shares 
held

2023

2022

Ownership

16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

–
100%
–
100%
100%
50.1%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50.1%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

The following solvent companies were liquidated during the year; Hargreaves Mining India Private Limited, Hargreaves Services Wind Farm (Damside) 
Limited, Hargreaves Services (Muir Dean) Limited, H Europe Limited, Mir Trade Services Limited, Metallurgical Supplies Limited and Eastgate Materials 
Handling Limited.

Hargreaves Services plc acquired 100% of the share capital of SBU Limited, S&B Utilities Limited, Dalquhandy Windfarm SPV Limited, Broken Cross 
Energy SPV Limited, North Kyle Windfarm SPV Limited, Kennoxhead SPV Limited, Broken Cross Windfarm SPV Limited, Westfield EFW SPV Limited, 
Poniel Energy SPV Limited, Killoch Energy SPV Limited, Westfield Windfarm SPV Limited, Westfield Solar SPV Limited and Hargreaves Land Group 
Limited in the year ended 31 May 2023.

Tower Regeneration Leasing Limited is a 100% owned subsidiary of Tower Regeneration Limited. Hargreaves Raw Material Services GmbH and 
Hargreaves Carbon Products Polska Sp. z o.o. are both 100% owned subsidiaries of Hargreaves Services Europe Limited. DK Recycling und Roheisen 
GmbH is a 94.9% owned subsidiary of Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH. Hargreaves-EWT Industrieservices GmbH is 50% owned by 
Hargreaves Raw Materials Services GmbH.

The Group’s share of post-acquisition total recognised profit or loss in the above jointly controlled entities for the year ended 31 May 2023 was a profit 
of £16,311,000 (2022: £25,879,000).*

Joint ventures
Carrying amount of equity accounted investees:

Group

At 1 June 2021*
Group’s share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)*
Group’s share of other comprehensive income
Dividends received
Exchange differences

At 31 May 2022*

Group

At 1 June 2022*
Group’s share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Group’s share of other comprehensive income
Exchange differences

At 31 May 2023

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited
£000

Restated* 
Hargreaves
Services
Europe Limited
£000

Waystone
Hargreaves Land
LLP
£000

Interests
in immaterial
joint ventures
£000

–
–
–
–
–

–

26,172
25,021
3,070
(3,917)
(86)

50,260

4,052
858
–
–
–

4,910

(3)
–
–
–
(71)

(74)

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited
£000

Restated* 
Hargreaves
Services
Europe Limited
£000

Waystone
Hargreaves Land
LLP
£000

Interests
in immaterial
joint ventures
£000

–
–
–
–

–

50,260
15,470
1,912
965

68,607

4,910
841
–
–

5,751

(74)
–
–
(2)

(76)

Restated*
Total
£000

30,221
25,879
3,070
(3,917)
(157)

55,096

Restated*
Total
£000

55,096
16,311
1,912
963

74,282

* 

These UK subsidiaries are exempt from audit by virtue of s479A of the Companies Act 2006.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued79

The Group recognised £1,912,000 (2022: £3,070,000) other comprehensive income which relates to the Group’s share of the actuarial gain on the 
defined benefit pension scheme.

Group

Hargreaves’ share of net (liabilities)/assets
Amount not recognised
Non-distributable reserves

Investment at 31 May 2022*

Group

Hargreaves’ share of net (liabilities)/assets
Amount not recognised
Non-distributable reserves

Investment at 31 May 2023

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited
£000

Restated*
Hargreaves
Services
Europe Limited
£000

Waystone
Hargreaves Land
LLP
£000

Interests
in immaterial
joint ventures
£000

(6,924)
6,924
–

–

53,392
–
(3,132)

50,260

4,910
–
–

4,910

(74)
–
–

(74)

Tower 
Regeneration 
Limited
£000

Hargreaves
Services
Europe Limited
£000

Waystone
Hargreaves Land
LLP
£000

Interests
in immaterial
joint ventures
£000

(8,014)
8,014
–

71,236
–
(2,629)

–

68,607

5,751
–
–

5,751

(76)
–
–

(76)

Restated*
Total
£000

51,304
6,924
(3,132)

55,096

Total
£000

68,897
8,014
(2,629)

74,282

The figures below are prepared under IFRS, all numbers are presented in £000s. 

At cost

Voting rights

Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets*

Total current assets*
Non-current assets
Current liabilities*
Non-current liabilities*

Net (liabilities)/assets (100%)*

Revenue
Other expenses
Depreciation and amortisation
Interest income
Interest expense

(Loss)/profit before tax
Income tax expense*
Post tax (loss)/profit (100%)*

Tower Regeneration Limited

Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP

Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

2023

50%

25
1,838

1,863
4,025
(27,973)
(813)

(22,898)

–
(1,291)
–
79
(1,612)

(2,824)
–
(2,824)

2022

50%

45
186

231
3,965
(21,882)
(2,098)

(19,784)

–
(1,282)
–
1
(1,296)

(2,577)
–
(2,577)

2023

50%

2,055
24,598

26,653
–
(15,152)
–

11,501

19,269
(17,406)
–
–
(181)

1,682
–
1,682

2022

50%

530
15,181

15,711
–
(5,892)
–

9,819

13,805
(12,089)
–
–
–

1,716
–
1,716

2023

49%

679
175,390

176,069
65,171
(133,611)
(24,261)

83,368

510,894
(473,262)
(4,249)
1,077
(4,598)

29,862
(11,783)
18,079

Restated*
2022

49%

5,898
203,601

209,499
51,699
(165,400)
(33,169)

62,629

591,604
(533,252)
(3,908)
64
(2,173)

52,335
(22,201)
30,134

* 

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34. 
Current liabilities have been restated by an increase of £9,643,000, non-current liabilities have been restated by a decrease of £21,060,000 and other current assets have been 
restated by a decrease £14,204,000 as a result of the correction of the corporate tax charge above and a reclassification of certain assets and liabilities.

HRMS, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hargreaves Services Europe Limited has a contingent liability in respect of possible fines or penalties arising from 
certain trading transactions with a counterparty in Poland. When the matter came to the attention of the management of HRMS, they reported it 
proactively to the Polish authorities from whom no response has yet been received. It is not possible to assess the likely quantum of any such fines or 
penalties nor is it possible to determine whether any fines or penalties will be levied by the Polish authorities.

The total financial liabilities included in current liabilities is:

Tower Regeneration Limited £nil (2022: £nil);

Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP £nil (2022: £nil),

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements80

16  Investments in Subsidiaries and joint ventures continued

Joint ventures continued
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited £54,757,000 (2022: £55,676,000) representing its borrowing base facility and term loans.

Included within current liabilities above and disclosed in Note 32 Related Parties are loans totalling £11.2m (2022: £26.0m) due from HRMS to 
Hargreaves Services plc as well as a loan due to HRMS from Hargreaves Services plc of £4.0m (2022: £nil). Interest on the loans is currently charged at 
1.7% over UK base rate.

Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP includes an amount of £1,627,000 (2022: £nil) payable to Hargreaves Land North Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary. 
This loan is repayable on demand. Tower Regeneration Limited includes an amount of £14,275,000 (2022: £12,716,000) within current liabilities, which 
is due to Forward Sound Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary undertaking.

The Group also has a non-material interest in the following companies: Tower Regeneration Leasing Limited, MIR Trade Services Limited, Carbon 
Action Limited and Hargreaves Darlington Limited.

Company

Shares at cost and net book value
At 1 June 2021
Capital contribution arising on share options (Note 26)
Investment in Blackwell Earthmoving Limited

At 31 May 2022

At 1 June 2022
Capital contribution arising on share options (Note 26)
Investment in Hargreaves Services South Africa (Pty) Ltd

Group
undertakings
£000

Joint
ventures
£000

21,009
349
10,000

31,358

31,358
359
1,418

4,984
–
–

4,984

4,984
–
–

At 31 May 2023

33,135

4,984

The capital contribution arising on share options is as a result of the share-based payment charge during the year.

On 1 June 2022, Hargreaves Services South Africa (Pty) Ltd issued 101 ordinary shares of £1 each to Hargreaves Services plc, its parent company, at a 
consideration of £14,040 per ordinary share. The consideration was satisfied by converting £1.4m of loan due by Hargreaves Services South Africa (Pty) 
Ltd to Hargreaves Services plc into equity.

On 26 October 2021, Blackwell Earthmoving Limited issued 10,000,000 ordinary shares of £1 each to Hargreaves Services plc, its parent company, at 
par value. The consideration was satisfied by converting £10m of loan due by Blackwell Earthmoving Limited to Hargreaves Services plc.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued81

17  Acquisition of Subsidiaries
Acquisition of SBU Limited
On 7 July 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of SBU Limited, which owns 100% of S&B Utilities Limited for a total consideration of 
£1,447,000. This consideration comprised an acquisition price of £760,000, along with a cash injection of £687,000 to pay off all bank loans and 
mortgage balances. The acquisition price of £760,000 was settled partly in cash of £710,000 and £50,000 payable as contingent consideration. 
The principal activity of these companies is the construction and maintenance of water assets. S&B Utilities Limited has long standing framework 
contracts with Yorkshire Water and Severn Trent Services together with an appointment to a framework with Northumbrian Water which occurred 
after the date of acquisition. The fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition was a net asset position of £411,000.

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax asset (Note 18)

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Net identifiable assets

Net Purchase Consideration

Other intangibles on consolidation (Note 15)

Satisfied by:

Consideration paid

Cash injection

Net Purchase Consideration

Recognised 
values on
acquisition 
£000

1,424
50

1,474

1,922

1,922

(2,985)

411

1,447

1,036

760

687

1,447

£50,000 is held in escrow pending certain performance measurements. The fair value of this contingent payment is estimated at £50,000. The 
payment of £25,000 of the additional consideration is dependent on the financial outcome of one project which is expected to complete during the 
year ending 31 May 2024. The remaining £25,000 of contingent consideration is not payable until 7 July 2024 and is dependent on whether any claims 
arise for which the vendors have responsibility as they existed prior to the date of acquisition.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements82

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

18  Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Group
Recognised Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Property, plant and equipment
Employee benefits
Share-based payments
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised
Other temporary timing differences

Tax assets

Movement in Deferred Tax During the Year

Property, plant and equipment
Employee benefits
Share-based payments
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised
Other temporary timing differences

Total

Deferred tax due in less than one year

Deferred tax due in more than one year

Movement in Deferred Tax During the Prior Year

Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets
Employee benefits
Share-based payments
Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised
Other temporary timing differences

Total

Deferred tax due in less than one year

Deferred tax due in more than one year

Assets

Liabilities

2023
£000

–
–
250
14,432
71

14,753

2022
£000

3,951
–
280
6,777
55

11,063

2023
£000

(2,024)
(1,393)
–
–
–

(3,417)

2022
£000

–
(1,920)
–
–
–

(1,920)

31 May 2022
£000

Recognised
in income
£000

Recognised
in equity
£000

Recognised on 
acquisition
£000

31 May 2023
£000

3,951
(1,920)
280
6,777
55

9,143

(5,946)
(634)
(30)
7,576
16

982

–
1,161
–
–
–

1,161

(29)
–
–
79
–

50

(2,024)
(1,393)
250
14,432
71

11,336

3,216

8,120

31 May 2021
£000

Recognised
in income
£000

Recognised
in equity
£000

31 May 2022
£000

2,245
8
(11)
94
7,488
260

10,084

1,706
–
(421)
186
(711)
(205)

555

–
(8)
(1,488)
–
–
–

(1,496)

3,951
–
(1,920)
280
6,777
55

9,143

2,902

6,241

The Group has an unrecognised deferred tax asset of £2,466,000 relating to trading losses (2022: £1,798,000).

Company
Recognised Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
The Company has a deferred tax asset of £nil relating to the tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised (2022: £7,000).

The deferred tax asset has been calculated based at the rate of 25% (2022: 25%) substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202383

19  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Finished goods
Properties held for development and resale

Group

2023
£000

261
110
38,931

39,302

2022
£000

866
328
29,282

30,476

Company

2023
£000

–
–
–

–

2022
£000

–
–
–

–

Changes in raw material and consumables and finished goods recognised as cost of sales in the year amounted to £7,610,000 (2022: £38,271,000).

The write-down of inventories to net realisable value was £nil (2022: £nil).

There were no reversals of previous write-downs in either the current or prior year.

20  Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables
Amounts due from Group undertakings
Amounts due from undertakings in which the Group/Company has a  
participating interest
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

Group

Company

2023
£000

20,103
–

28,750
5,844
16,912

71,609

2022
£000

30,843
–

39,992
7,426
14,537

92,798

2023
£000

–
83,321

11,974
244
43

95,582

2022
£000

–
54,856

26,509
47
–

81,412

Included within trade and other receivables is £nil (2022: £4,224,000) expected to be recovered in more than 12 months.

The Group has a variety of credit terms depending on the customer. These terms range from 30 to 90 days.

Amounts due from Group undertakings to the Company are repayable on demand. No interest is charged on these balances.

Amounts due from undertakings in which the Group/Company has a participating interest are repayable on demand. Interest is charged at rates 
ranging between 2% and 10%.

Trade receivables are shown net of an expected credit loss allowance of £246,000 (2022: £331,000) arising from the ordinary course of business, as 
follows:

Group
At 1 June
Provided during the year
Released
Utilised during the year

At 31 May

2023
£000

331
79
(14)
(150)

246

2022
£000

267
98
(26)
(8)

331

The expected credit loss allowance records impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At that 
point the amounts considered irrecoverable are written off against the trade receivables directly. There is no expected credit loss in respect of other 
receivables, amounts due from group undertakings or amounts due from undertakings in which the Group/Company has a participating interest.

The ageing of trade receivables was:

31 May 2023

Group

Not past due date
Past due date (0-90 days)
Past due date (over 90 days)
Individually impaired amounts

Gross trade 
receivables
£000

Expected credit 
losses
£000

Net trade
receivables
£000

16,513
3,577
15
244

20,349

–
–
(2)
(244)

(246)

16,513
3,577
13
–

20,103

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements84

20  Trade and Other Receivables continued

31 May 2022

Group

Not past due date
Past due date (0-90 days)
Past due date (over 90 days)
Individually impaired amounts

Gross trade 
receivables
£000

Expected credit 
losses
£000

Net trade
receivables
£000

26,076
4,752
324
22

31,174

–
–
(309)
(22)

(331)

2023
£000

16,846
3,257

20,103

26,076
4,752
15
–

30,843

2022
£000

27,674
3,169

30,843

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:

UK
Rest of the world

Further details on the Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks and impairment losses related to trade receivables are disclosed in Note 29.

21  Contract Assets

31 May 2023

Group

At 1 June 2022
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to receivables
Increase related to services provided in the year

At 31 May 2023

31 May 2022

Group

At 1 June 2021
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to receivables
Increase related to services provided in the year

At 31 May 2022

2023
£000

6,752
(2,966)
1,328

5,114

2022
£000

1,720
(579)
5,611

6,752

Aggregate costs incurred under open construction contracts and recognised profits, net of recognised losses, amounted to £157,267,000 
(2022: £100,319,000).

Progress billings and advances received from customers under open construction contracts amounted to £157,339,000 (2022: £96,473,000).

Contract assets include £729,000 (2022: £1,142,000) relating to retentions, of which £177,000 (2022: £354,000) are expected to be recovered in more 
than 12 months. The Company has no contract assets.

22  Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents per Balance Sheet

Cash and cash equivalents per Cash Flow Statement

Group

Company

2023
£000

21,859

21,859

2022
£000

13,773

13,773

2023
£000

12,646

12,646

2022
£000

15

15

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risk related to cash and cash equivalents is disclosed in Note 29.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued85

23  Other Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings
This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised 
cost. The Company has no interest-bearing loans and borrowings. For more information about the Group’s and the Company’s exposure to interest 
rate and foreign currency risk, see Note 29. 

Non-current liabilities 
Lease liabilities
Current liabilities 
Current portion of lease liabilities

Terms and Debt Repayment Schedule

Group

2023 
£000

2022 
£000

Company

2023 
£000

20,839

11,045

15,511

7,326

–

–

2022 
£000

–

–

Currency

Nominal interest 
rate

Year of 
maturity

Face value 
2023 
£000

Carrying amount 
2023 
£000

Face value 
2022 
£000

Carrying amount 
2022 
£000

Lease liabilities

Sterling 

3.7%-6.4%

2024–2027

36,350

36,350

18,371

18,371

In accordance with the presentation requirements of IFRS 9, these liabilities have been classified according to the maturity date of the longest 
permitted refinancing.

Lease Liabilities 
Lease liabilities are payable as follows: 

Group

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 

Minimum lease 
payments 
2023 
£000

17,459
22,005
39,464

Interest 
2023 
£000

(1,948)
(1,166)
(3,114)

Principal 
2023 
£000

15,511
20,839
36,350

Minimum lease 
payments 
2022 
£000

7,991
11,459
19,450

Interest 
2022 
£000

(665)
(414)
(1,079)

Changes in Liabilities from Financing Activities

At 1 June 2021

Changes from financing cash flows 
Principal elements of lease payments

Total changes from financing cash flows 

Other changes
New leases
Interest expense
Interest paid 

Total other changes

At 31 May 2022

Changes from financing cash flows 
Principal elements of lease payments

Total changes from financing cash flows 

Other changes
New leases
Interest expense
Interest paid 

Total other changes

At 31 May 2023

Principal 
2022 
£000

7,326
11,045
18,371

Group

Lease 
liabilities 
£000

11,765

(5,531)

(5,531)

12,049
537
(449)

12,137

18,371

(12,721)

(12,721)

30,628
2,099
(2,027)

30,700

36,350

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements86

24  Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables 
Amounts due to Group undertakings 
Amounts due to undertakings in which the Group/Company has 
a participating interest 
Other trade payables 
Deferred income
Non-trade payables and accrued expenses 

Group

Company

2023 
£000

9,498
–

4,090
2,220
1,440
30,179

47,427

2022 
£000

9,607
–

429
937
3,958
35,796

50,727

2023 
£000

–
48,301

4,080
–
–
–

2022 
£000

–
20,582

–
–
–
30

52,381

20,612

Amounts due to Group undertakings for the Company are repayable on demand. No interest is incurred on these balances.

Amounts due to undertakings in which the Group/Company has a participating interest are repayable to demand. Interest is charged at 1.7% above 
the Bank of England base rate.

25  Pension Schemes and Other Retirement Benefits 
Defined Contribution Scheme
The Group operates a Group personal pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the year represents contributions payable by the Group to the 
employees’ funds and amounted to £1,921,000 (2022: £1,696,000). There were no outstanding or prepaid contributions, at either the beginning or 
end of the financial year.

Defined Benefit Schemes
The Group acquired a concessionary fuel retirement benefit scheme and became responsible for two defined benefit schemes on the acquisition of 
Maltby Colliery on 26 February 2007. The defined benefit schemes are part of two industry wide schemes which relate to the coal industry. Details of 
these two schemes are consolidated in the tables below because the two schemes share the same characteristics and risks, and as such, the 
disclosures have been aggregated. The Group is only liable for its own section of the scheme. Any deficit or surplus is not shared with other members 
of the multi-employer scheme.

In common with most company pension schemes the Industry Wide Coal Staff Superannuation Scheme (“IWCSSS”) and Industry Wide Mineworkers 
Pension Scheme (“IWMPS”) are both established as a trust under which the assets of the Scheme are held separately from those of the sponsoring 
employers. The management of the Scheme is the responsibility of its trustee board, the Committee of Management, who are required to manage 
the Scheme in accordance with its Deed and Rules. The Scheme is sectionalised so that each employer or group of associated employers has a 
separate sub-fund within the Scheme. Each employer is liable for the benefits accrued by its member employees but has no liability for benefits 
accrued in other employer sub-funds. This means that in practice each employer sub-fund effectively operates as a separate pension scheme. 

The latest full actuarial valuation of these schemes was carried out at 31 December 2021 by AON Solutions UK Limited. The next triennial valuation is 
due to be carried out as at 31 December 2024. The 31 December 2021 valuation of the IWCSSS showed a technical provisions deficit of £2.4m 
(previously £6.4m) and a contribution schedule was agreed at £0.4m per annum to meet the technical provisions of the scheme by 31 March 2024. 
The valuation of the IWMPS showed a technical provisions deficit of £2.6m (previously £2.8m) and a contribution schedule was agreed at £1.3m per 
annum to meet the technical provisions of the scheme by 31 March 2024. For accounting purposes under IAS 19, actuaries use different assumptions 
than for the triennial valuation. The major difference relates to assumptions concerning the future return on the growth assets portfolio. The 
December 2021 valuations have been used as the basis, adjusted for the requirements of IAS 19 to 31 May 2023 by a qualified independent actuary, 
to enable the Directors to account for the schemes as follows: 

Concessionary fuel scheme
Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligations

Defined benefit schemes
Present value of funded defined benefit obligations
Fair value of scheme assets 
Retirement benefit obligation surplus

Total schemes net position

2023 
£000

2022 
£000

(2,902)

(2,703)

(33,492)
41,966
8,474

5,572

(41,832)
52,214
10,382

7,679

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continuedMovements in Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligation 

At the beginning of the year 
Interest cost 
Remeasurement (gains)/losses:
– Changes in demographic assumptions
– Changes in financial assumptions
– Experience
Benefits paid 

At the end of the year

Movements in the Fair Value of Scheme Assets

At the beginning of the year 
Net interest on scheme assets
Remeasurement loss
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Expenses paid

At the end of the year

Expense Recognised in the Income Statement

Expenses paid from schemes
Interest expense on net defined benefit pension schemes

The expense is recognised in the following line items in the Income Statement:

Administrative expenses 
Financial expenses 

Remeasurement gains recognised directly in equity in the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income:

At 1 June
Recognised in the year 

At 31 May

87

2022 
£000

58,381
1,112

(24)
(13,197)
1,074
(2,811)

44,535

2022 
£000

58,425
1,131
(6,192)
2,002
(2,811)
(341)

52,214

2022 
£000

341
(19)

322

2022 
£000

341
(19)

322

2022 
£000

(7,382)
5,955

(1,427)

2023 
£000

44,535
1,514

(376)
(11,564)
3,700
(1,415)

36,394

2023 
£000

52,214
1,812
(12,885)
2,426
(1,415)
(186)

41,966

2023 
£000

186
(298)

(112)

2023 
£000

186
(298)

(112)

2023 
£000

(1,427)
(4,645)

(6,072)

Scheme Assets
The fair value of the schemes’ assets, which are not intended to be realised in the short term and may be subject to significant change before they 
are realised, were:

Growth assets 
Matching assets 
Cash 

Fair value at 
2023 
£000

Fair value at 
2022 
£000

16,843
24,333
790

41,966

29,192
22,125
897

52,214

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements88

25  Pension Schemes and Other Retirement Benefits continued
Defined Benefit Schemes continued
The split between quoted and non-quoted assets:

Quoted assets 
Non-quoted assets 

The major assumptions used in this valuation were:

Rate of increase in deferred pensions
Rate of increase in pensions in payment
Discount rate applied to scheme liabilities 
Inflation assumption RPI
Inflation assumption CPI

Fair value at 
2023 
£000

Fair value at 
2022 
£000

3,679
38,287

41,966

2023 

3.25%
3.05%
5.25%
3.25%
2.70%

4,353
47,861

52,214

2022 

3.20%
3.20%
3.45%
3.45%
2.95%

The assumptions used by the actuary and approved by the Board are chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the 
timescale covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice. The inflation assumption has increased following the UK Government’s consultations 
on Retail Price Index reforms and their likely impact. The discount rate assumption is derived from the AON GBP Select curve and is the same as that 
used in setting the assumption at 31 May 2023.

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities at the balance sheet date are based on the SAPS S3 actuarial tables with 
scaling factors of 116% (2022: 110%) (IWCSSS) and 111% (2022: 105%) (IWMPS) and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity based 
on the CMI 2021 projections with long-term improvement rate of 1% (2022: 1%) per annum. The same tables were used at 31 May 2022. The mortality 
scaling factors have been increased by 6% to reflect the negative outlook for mortality outcomes post Covid-19 (2022: no allowance for Covid-19). 
The assumptions are equivalent to expecting a 60-year-old to live for a number of years as follows: 

IWMPS 
Current pensioner aged 60: 23.0 years (male), 26.9 years (female) (2022: 23.5 years (male), 27.2 years (female)).

Future retiree upon reaching 60: 24.4 years (male), 28.2 years (female) (2022: 24.7 years (male), 28.5 years (female)).

IWCSSS 
Current pensioner aged 60: 24.5 years (male), 27.3 years (female) (2022: 24.9 years (male), 27.6 years (female)).

Future retiree upon reaching 60: 25.7 years (male), 28.5 years (female) (2022: 26.1 years (male), 28.8 years (female)).

Risk exposure
Through its defined benefit pension plans and post-employment medical plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of 
which are detailed below:

Asset volatility: The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if plan assets underperform this 
yield, this will create a deficit. As part of the two industry wide schemes, the schemes’ assets represent an allocation of larger investment portfolios. 
The growth assets include equities, diversified funds and interest-bearing securities and are managed by Legal & General Investment Management, 
Invesco and PIMCO. These assets also include property investments. The matching assets are managed by Legal & General Investment Management 
and include corporate bonds, gilts and other fixed interest securities. The matching assets portfolio is designed to manage risk by matching income 
with certain liabilities of the schemes over a defined period. The growth assets portfolio seeks to deliver returns in excess of benchmark targets set by 
the independent Trustees.

Inflation risks
Some of the Group’s pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. As noted above, the matching assets 
portfolio is designed to manage risk by matching income with certain liabilities of the schemes over a defined period.

Life expectancy
The majority of the plans’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the 
plans’ liabilities.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued89

Sensitivity Analysis 
The Directors consider the discount rate, inflation rate and life expectancy assumptions to be the most significant actuarial assumptions and 
therefore the only assumptions relevant for sensitivity analysis purposes. Reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the actuarial 
assumptions, holding other assumptions constant, would have increased/(decreased) the defined benefit obligation by the amounts shown below.

Discount rate (1% increase)
Inflation (1% increase)
Life expectancy (1 year increase)

Discount rate (1% decrease)
Inflation (1% decrease)
Life expectancy (1 year decrease)

2023 
£000

(4,258)
3,749
1,201

2023 
£000

5,204
(3,639)
(1,175)

2022 
£000

(7,014)
6,500
2,150

2022 
£000

9,964
(6,059)
(1,746)

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to 
occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant 
actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligations calculated with the projected unit credit method at the 
end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet. 

The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior period. 

The Group expects to contribute approximately £2,000,000 to the defined benefit schemes in the next financial year. 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 14 years (2022: 18 years). 

The Company has no retirement benefit obligation (2022: £nil).

26  Employee Share Schemes
The Group has established two Executive Long-Term Incentive Plans only one of which is still in use, and a deferred bonus scheme. The terms and 
conditions of the outstanding schemes are as follows, whereby all options are settled by physical delivery of shares: 

Share option scheme 
January 2019

Share option scheme 
December 2019

Date of grant

Employees entitled

Number of 
shares granted

Principal vesting conditions

Contractual life

January 2019

Directors

499,801

3 years’ service and Total Shareholder Return 

3 years

of between 35% and 85%

December 2019 Directors

97,788

3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

3 years

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

Deferred bonus scheme G December 2019 Senior employees

74,470

3 years’ service

Share option scheme 2020 August 2020

Directors

179,224

3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

Deferred bonus scheme H August 2020

Senior employees

62,448

3 years’ service

Deferred bonus scheme I

October 2020

Senior employees

38,835

3 years’ service

Deferred bonus scheme J

August 2021

Senior employees

14,820

3 years’ service

Share option scheme 2021 August 2021

Directors and senior 
employees

146,532

3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

Share option scheme 2022 August 2022

Directors and senior 
employees

118,584

3 years’ service and 50% Absolute Total 

3 years

Shareholder Return of between 35% and 
85% and 50% Relative Total Shareholder 
Return of between 35% and 85%

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements90

26  Employee Share Schemes continued
Share Option Schemes

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year 
Lapsed during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Exercisable at the end of the year

2023 
Weighted 
average exercise 
price 

10p
10p
10p
10p

10p

10p

2023 
Number 
of options

453,248
118,584
(49,290)
–

522,542

78,202

2022 
Weighted 
average exercise 
price

10p
10p
10p
10p

10p

10p

2022 
Number
of options

776,813
146,532
(302,511)
(167,586)

453,248

29,704

There were 118,584 options granted in the year with a weighted average exercise price of 10p per share. These options are not exercisable before 
2 August 2025. There were no options exercised in the year.

Deferred Bonus Schemes

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year 
Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at the end of the year 

Exercisable at the end of the year 

2023 
Number 
of options

140,463
–
–

140,463

24,360

2022 
Number
of options

174,089
14,820
(48,446)

140,463

–

The options outstanding at 31 May 2023 have an exercise price of £nil and a weighted average contractual life of 7 months. There were no options 
granted in the year. There were no options exercised in the year. 

The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the fair value of share options granted. The estimate 
of the fair value of the services received in respect of the Deferred Bonus Schemes is measured based on the Black-Scholes model. The contractual 
life of the option is used as an input into this model. A Monte Carlo model is used for the January 2019, December 2019, August 2020, August 2021 
and August 2022 Share Option Schemes due to their more complex measurement characteristics involving the market conditions noted above in 
relation to relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and absolute Total Shareholder Return (TSR). For market based vesting conditions, such as the 
absolute TSR and relative TSR performance metrics, the probability of meeting these metrics and the number of awards expected to vest is taken into 
account when calculating the estimated fair value. 

The fair value of options and the assumptions used in these calculations for the options outstanding are as follows:

2019 
January 
Share option 
scheme

2019 
December 
Share option 
scheme

2019 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme G

2020  
August  
Share option 
scheme

2020 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme H

Fair value at grant date
Exercise price
Share price
Expected volatility
Option life
Expected dividend
Risk-free rate

0.34
0.10
2.96
29%
3 years
2.44%
0.87%

1.84
0.10
2.85
31%
3 years
2.53%
0.55%

2.69
–
2.86
31%
3 years
2.53%
1.70%

1.57
0.10
2.22
33%
3 years
2.03%
0.00%

2.02
–
2.19
31%
3 years
2.53%
0.00%

2020 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme I

1.90
–
2.06
31%
3 years
2.53%
0.00%

2021 
Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme J

2021 
August 
Share option 
scheme

2022 
August 
Share option 
scheme

4.51
–
5.05
40%
3 years
3.69%
0.00%

4.91
0.10
5.21
40%
3 years
3.69%
0.11%

3.87
0.10
5.22
44%
3 years
1.61%
1.60%

Volatility was calculated with reference to the Group’s daily share price volatility. The weighted average share price in the year was 425p (2022: 485p).

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued91

Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices:

Options outstanding

Share option scheme January 2019
Share option scheme December 2019
Deferred Bonus Scheme G
Share option scheme August 2020
Deferred Bonus Scheme H
Deferred Bonus Scheme I
Deferred Bonus Scheme J
Share option scheme August 2021
Share option scheme August 2022

Expiry date

Exercise price

2023

30 January 2024
13 December 2024
13 December 2024
5 August 2025
5 August 2025
1 October 2025
3 August 2024
3 August 2024
2 August 2025

10p
10p
–
10p
–
–
–
10p
10p

29,704
48,498
24,360
179,224
62,448
38,835
14,820
146,532
118,584

663,005

Long-Term Incentive Plans and Deferred Bonus Schemes
The costs charged/(credited) to the Income Statement relating to share-based payments were as follows: 

Share options granted in 2019
Share options granted in 2020
Share options granted in 2021
Share options granted in 2022
Share options granted in 2023

27  Provisions

Group

At 1 June 2022
Provisions made during the year
Provisions utilised during the year
Provisions reversed

At 31 May 2023

Current
Non-Current

2023 
£000

–
27
114
154
64

359

Contract 
provisions 
£000

 Restoration 
provisions 
£000

Dilapidations 
provisions 
£000

Insurance 
provisions 
£000

Other
provisions
£000

6,125
3,185
(2,763)
–

6,547

6,466
81

1,756
486
(37)
(36)

2,169

200
1,969

2,344
2,721
–
–

5,065

3,452
1,613

564
–
(536)
–

28

28
–

995
316
(298)
(235)

778

321
457

2022

29,704
97,788
24,360
179,224
62,448
38,835
14,820
146,532
–

593,711

2022 
£000

54
53
114
128
–

349

Total 
provision 
£000

11,784
6,708
(3,634)
(271)

14,587

10,467
4,120

Provisions comprise: 
1 

 The contract provisions have been made against profits which are subject to contract performance measurements which have not yet been 
carried out by the client and other contracts where the Group has identified potential warranty, defects or performance obligations. Although 
£6,466,000 of these obligations are expected to be completed in the next 12 months, the nature of such obligations may mean that they take 
longer to be completed. £81,000 of these obligations relate to de-mobilisation costs expected to arise in 2025.
 A £1,969,000 restoration provision relates to the obligation to restore certain sites now that surface mining operations have ceased. 
This obligation is expected to be completed after 31 May 2024. The remaining £200,000 site restoration provision is expected to be completed 
before 31 May 2024 although weather and operational conditions may mean that it takes longer to complete the restoration works.

2 

3.   A £5,065,000 dilapidations provision relates to property leases where there are contractual obligations to restore the property to the condition 

prior to the commencement of the lease. The dilapidations provision is based on a third party assessment of the cost of the work which has been 
carried out on behalf of the landlord. Of this, £1,613,000 is expected to be completed after 31 May 2024.

4.   The insurance provisions represent outstanding excess amounts for claims which have been made but not settled and where there is a 

reasonable expectation of an economic outflow.
 Other provisions relate to various trading related uncertainties that give rise to a potential economic outflow.

5. 

The Company has no provisions at 31 May 2023 (2022: £nil). 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements92

28  Capital and Reserves 
Share Capital 

In issue at 1 June and 31 May

Allotted, called up and fully paid
32,527,638 (2022: 32,527,638) ordinary shares of 10p each (excluding own shares held)
Own shares held of 10p each 611,118 (2022: 611,118)

Group and Company ordinary shares

2023 
Number

2022 
Number

33,138,756

33,138,756

2023 
£000

3,253
61

3,314

2022 
£000

3,253
61

3,314

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of 
the Company.

At the year end the Group held 611,118 (2022: 611,118) within Treasury shares, representing own shares purchased as part of the Group’s share buyback 
programme. These shares had a market value of £2.4m at 31 May 2023 (2022: £3.4m) and were purchased for an aggregate consideration of £3.5m 
(2022: £3.5m). 

Share Premium
The Share Premium represents the excess amount paid for share capital issued at prices higher than the nominal value. 

Translation Reserve 
The Translation Reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising since 1 June 2007, the transition date to Adopted IFRSs, from the translation 
of the financial statements of foreign operations. 

Hedging Reserve 
The Hedging Reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to 
hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. 

Share-based Payment Reserve
The Share-based Payment Reserve comprises the cumulative charge in relation to the Group’s long term incentive plans (Note 26). This reserve is 
expected to move in line with the charge recognised in the Share-based Payment charge recognised in the Income Statement.

Other Reserves 
Other Reserves, the Merger Reserve, and the Capital Redemption Reserve are historical reserves for which no movements are anticipated. 

Dividends 
The aggregate amount of dividends paid in the year comprises: 

Final dividend paid in respect of prior year but not recognised as liabilities in that year (5.6p per share (2022: 4.5p))
Additional dividend paid in respect of the prior year (12.0p per share) (2022: 12.0p)
Interim dividend paid in respect of the prior year (3.0p per share) (2022: 2.8p)

Proposed final dividend (6.0p per share (2022: 5.6p))
Proposed additional dividend (12.0p per share (2022: 12.0p))

The proposed dividends are not included in liabilities as they were not approved before the year end.

2023 
£000

1,822
3,903
976

6,701

1,952
3,883

2022 
£000

1,454
3,877
906

6,237

1,812
3,883

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued93

29  Financial Instruments 
The Group’s and Company’s principal financial instruments comprise short-term receivables and payables, bank loans and overdrafts, obligations 
under finance leases and cash. Neither the Group nor the Company trades in financial instruments but uses derivative financial instruments in the 
form of forward rate agreements and forward foreign currency contracts to help manage its foreign currency, interest rate and commodity price 
exposures. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s and Company’s ongoing operations and to manage 
its working capital requirements. 

(a)  Fair Values of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 
Fair Value Hierarchy 
The following hierarchy classifies each class of financial asset or liability depending on the valuation technique applied in determining its fair value: 
Level 1: 
Level 2: 

The fair value is calculated based on quoted prices traded in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
 The fair value is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly or indirectly. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. 
 The fair value is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

Level 3: 

In both 2023 and 2022 all of the forward exchange contracts are considered to be Level 2 contracts. There have been no transfers between 
categories in the current or preceding year. 

All other financial assets and financial liabilities are considered to be level 3.

The fair value of financial instruments held at fair value have been determined based on available market information at the balance sheet date. 

The fair value of the options has been determined based upon the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the entities.

(b)  Credit Risk 
Financial Risk Management 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and 
arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers. The Group’s risk is influenced by the nature of its customers. New customers are 
analysed for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment terms and conditions are offered and appropriate credit limits set. 

Exposure to Credit Risk 
The maximum Group exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date was £59,811,000 (2022: £85,013,000) being the total of the carrying amount of 
trade receivables, other receivables, contract assets and amounts due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest. 

The maximum Company exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date was £95,539,000 (2022: £91,412,000) being the total of the carrying amount 
of trade receivables, other receivables and amounts due from Group undertakings. 

The allowance account for trade receivables is used to record impairment losses unless the Group or the Company is satisfied that no recovery of 
the amount owing is possible; at that point the amounts considered irrecoverable are written off against the trade receivables directly. Further 
information on credit risk is provided in Note 20. 

(c) Liquidity Risk 
Financial Risk Management 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group and the Company will not be able to access the necessary funds to finance their operations. The Group 
finances operations through a mix of short and medium-term facilities. 

The Group manages its liquidity risk by monitoring existing facilities and cash flows against forecast requirements based on a rolling cash forecast. 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the effect of netting 
agreements: 

Group

Non-derivative 
financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables

2023

2022

Carrying 
amount 
£000

Contractual 
cash flow 
£000

1 year 
or less 
£000

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

 Carrying 
Amount 
£000

Contractual 
cash flow 
£000

 1 year 
or less 
£000

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

36,350
47,427

39,459 17,459 15,170
–
47,427 47,427

6,830
–

83,777

86,886 64,886 15,170

6,830

–
–

–

18,371
50,727

69,098

19,450
50,727

7,991
50,727

70,177

58,718

8,644
–

8,644

2,815
–

2,815

–
–

–

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
94

29  Financial Instruments continued
Company

2023

2022

Carrying 
amount 
£000

Contractual 
cash flow 
£000

1 year 
or less 
£000

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

 Carrying 
Amount 
£000

Contractual 
cash flow 
£000

 1 year 
or less 
£000

1 to <2 
years 
£000

2 to <5 
years 
£000

5 years 
and over 
£000

Non-derivative 
financial liabilities
Trade and other payables  52,381

52,381 52,381

52,381

52,381 52,381

–

–

–

–

–

–

20,612

20,612

20,612

20,612

20,612

20,612

–

–

–

–

–

–

(d) Market Risk 
Financial Risk Management 
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect the Group’s or 
the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. 

Group 
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional currencies of 
Group entities. The Group’s policy is to reduce currency exposures on sales and purchasing through forward foreign currency contracts. 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk principally where its borrowings are at a variable interest rate. Levels of interest-bearing borrowings are 
monitored to minimise the exposure to interest rate risk, when appropriate the Group will utilise interest rate swaps to mitigate the remaining risk. 
Currently, the Group does not have any interest rate swaps in place. 

Commodity Price Risk
Commodity price risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group through open positions on the trading of mineral commodities, prices for which are 
subject to variations that are both uncontrollable and unpredictable. 

The Group mitigates these risks wherever practicable, through the use of measures including fixed price contracts, hedging instruments and 
“back-to- back” purchase and sale agreements. 

Foreign Currency Risk 
Group 
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows. This is based on the carrying amount for monetary financial instruments except derivatives 
when it is based on notional amounts. 

31 May 2023

Investment in joint ventures
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Loans due from undertakings in which the 
Group has a participating interest 
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income 
Trade payables 
Other trade payables
Non-trade payables and accrued expenses

Net exposure 

Euro 
£000

68,607
3
–

11,184
517
–
(125)
–
(17)

80,169

US Dollar 
£000

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South African 
Rand 
£000

Malaysian 
Ringgit 
£000

–
2
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

2

–
2,283
3,183

–
623
4,649
(1,221)
(276)
(3,290)

5,951

–
744
–

–
50
335
(133)
–
(222)

774

–
412
–

–
–
42
–
–
(25)

429

Total
£000

68,607
3,444
3,183

11,184
1,190
5,026
(1,479)
(276)
(3,554)

87,325

The Group has no future contracted sales or purchases denominated in a foreign currency at 31 May 2023.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued 
95

31 May 2022

Restated* 
Euro 
£000

US Dollar 
£000

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South African 
Rand 
£000

Malaysian 
Ringgit 
£000

Restated*
Total
£000

Investment in joint ventures*
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Loans due from undertakings in which the 
Group has a participating interest 
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Trade payables 
Other trade payables 
Non-trade payables and accrued expenses

Net exposure* 

50,260
435
–

26,042
12
–
–
–
(10)

76,739

–
1
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

1

–
2,718
3,119

–
228
4,557
(875)
(231)
(3,411)

6,105

–
738
–

–
27
336
(96)
–
(706)

299

–
12
–

–
–
7
–
–
(13)

6

50,260
3,904
3,119

26,042
267
4,900
(971)
(231)
(4,140)

83,150

* 

 The prior year net exposure has been restated to include the investment in joint venture which is denominated in Euros. The effect of this is an increase in the net exposure 
balance denominated in Euros of £50,260,000.

Company 
The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows. 

31 May 2023

Loans due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest 
Trade receivables due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating 
interest
Trade payables due to Group undertakings

Balance Sheet exposure 

31 May 2022

Trade receivables due from Group undertakings
Loans due from Group undertakings
Loans due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest 
Trade receivables due from undertakings in which the Group has a participating 
interest
Trade payables due to Group undertakings

Balance Sheet exposure 

Euro
£000

11,184

517
(1,083)

10,618

Euro
£000

–
–
26,042

458
(983)

25,517

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South African 
Rand 
£000

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

Hong Kong 
Dollar 
£000

South African 
Rand 
£000

–
14
–

–
–

14

370
1,376
–

–
–

1,746

Total 
£000

11,184

517
(1,083)

10,618

Total 
£000

370
1,390
26,042

458
(983)

27,277

Sensitivity Analysis
Group
A 10% weakening of the following currencies against the Pound Sterling at 31 May 2023 would have decreased equity and profit or loss by the 
amounts shown below. This calculation assumes that the change occurred at the balance sheet date and had been applied to risk exposures existing 
at that date. 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements96

29  Financial Instruments continued

(d) Market Risk continued
Sensitivity Analysis  continued
This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular other exchange rates and interest rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed on the 
same basis for 2022. 

€*
$
HKD 
ZAR
MYR

Equity

Profit or loss

2023 
£000

(7,288)
–
(541)
(70)
(39)

Restated* 
2022 
£000

(6,976)
–
(555)
(27)
(1)

2023 
£000

(1,028)
–
(541)
(70)
(39)

2022 
£000

(2,407)
–
(555)
(27)
(1)

* 

 The prior year net exposure has been restated to include the investment in joint venture which is denominated in Euros. This has subsequently decreased the impact on Equity 
of a 10% weakening of Euros by a further £6,260,000.

A 10% strengthening of the above currencies against the Pound Sterling at 31 May 2023 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above 
currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant. 

Interest Rate Risk 
Profile 
At the balance sheet date, the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments was: 

Fixed rate instruments 
Financial liabilities 

Variable rate instruments 
Financial assets 

Group 

2023 
£000

(36,350)

(36,350)

21,859

21,859

2022 
£000

(18,371)

(18,371)

13,773

13,773

Company

2023 
£000

–

–

2022 
£000

–

–

15

15

Sensitivity Analysis 
An increase of one basis point in interest rates throughout the period would have affected profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This 
calculation assumes that the change occurred at all points in the period and had been applied to the average risk exposures throughout the period. 

This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant and considers the effect of financial instruments 
with variable interest rates, financial instruments at fair value through profit and loss with fixed interest rates and the fixed rate element of interest rate 
swaps. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2022. 

Profit or loss 
Increase/decrease

Group 

Company

2023 
£000

178

2022 
£000

210

2023 
£000

63

2022 
£000

93

(e)  Capital Management 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern, whilst maximising the return to shareholders. The capital 
structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes leasing related borrowings of £36,350,000 (2022: £18,371,000), cash and cash equivalents of 
£21,859,000 (2022: £13,773,000), and equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent, comprising capital, reserves and retained earnings of 
£200,991,000 (2022: £179,849,000). 

The capital structure is reviewed regularly by the Directors. The Group’s policy is to maintain gearing at levels appropriate to the business. The 
Directors take consideration of gearing determined as the proportion of net debt to total capital. It should be noted that the Directors review gearing 
taking careful account of the working capital needs and flows of the business. The Group has access to an undrawn £12m invoice discounting facility 
with Santander. This facility provides the Group with additional flexibility to deal with any short term working capital fluctuations. The Group’s assets 
are not covered by any debenture and the invoice discounting facility has no associated covenants.

The Directors consider the allocation of capital delivered from asset realisation and cash flows from operations, taking into account the growth 
opportunities and return on capital employed in each business unit. 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notes(forming part of the financial statements) continued97

30  Capital Commitments 
Group 
At 31 May 2023, the Group had capital commitments totalling £nil (2022: £277,000).

Company
At 31 May 2023, the Company had capital commitments totalling £nil (2022: £nil).

31  Contingencies 
Group and Company 
The Company and certain of its subsidiary undertakings have composite arrangements in connection with banking facilities. The Company acts as a 
guarantor, or surety, for various subsidiary undertakings and joint ventures in banking and other agreements entered into by them in the normal 
course of business. 

The Group has performance bonds and guarantees in place in relation to various performance obligations under certain contracts. The total value of 
these bonds at 31 May 2023 is £1.6m (2022: £2.1m).

In relation to HRMS, the Group has provided a €10m or £8.6m (2022: €5m or £4.3m) guarantee in connection with the banking facilities of HRMS. 

32  Related Parties 
Identity of Related Parties with which the Group has Transacted
The Group and the Company have a related party relationship with their subsidiaries and joint ventures (Note 16) and its Directors. All related party 
transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions only.

Group 
Other Related Party Transactions 

Joint ventures 
Tower Regeneration Limited 
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

Joint ventures 
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

Joint ventures 
Tower Regeneration Limited 
Carbon Action Limited
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

Joint ventures 
Tower Regeneration Limited 
Waystone Hargreaves Land LLP
Hargreaves Services Europe Limited

–
–
–

–

2022 
£000

–

Sales to

2023 
£000

138
136
1,436

1,710

2022 
£000

381
136
1,906

2,423

Purchases from

2023 
£000

2022 
£000

–
–
–

–

Interest received from

Interest paid to

2023 
£000

800

2022 
£000

531

2023 
£000

125

Loan receivables outstanding

Trade receivables outstanding

2023 
£000

14,275
144
1,627
11,184

27,230

2022 
£000

12,716
142
–
26,042

38,900

2023 
£000

34
–
101
1,385

1,520

2022 
£000

44
–
84
964

1,092

Loan payables outstanding

Trade payables outstanding

2023 
£000

–
–
3,954

3,954

2022 
£000

–
–
–

–

2023 
£000

–
–
136

136

2022 
£000

12
417
–

429

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
98

Notes
(forming part of the financial statements) continued

32  Related Parties continued
Transactions with Key Management Personnel 
The Directors are the key management personnel of the Group. Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options, pension benefits and other 
non-cash benefits can be found in Note 7. In addition to this, the element of the share-based payment charge for the year that relates to key 
management personnel is £170,000 (2022: £192,000) and the social security costs amounted to £321,000 (2022: £65,000). There are no other 
post-employment or other long-term benefits. 

The Company had no transactions with key management personnel. 

Company 
Other Related Party Transactions 

Subsidiaries 
Joint ventures

Receivables outstanding

Payables outstanding

2023 
£000

83,321
11,974

95,295

2022 
£000

54,856
26,509

81,365

2023 
£000

48,301
4,080

52,381

2022 
£000

20,582
–

20,582

33  Ultimate controlling party
The Company is listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange. Material shareholders are detailed within the Directors’ 
Report. There is no ultimate controlling party of the Group.

34  Restatement relating to the year ended 31 May 2022
The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the 
year ended 31 May 2022 and prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the 
investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently 
decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. 

Basic and diluted earnings per share for the prior year have also been restated. The amount of the correction for basic and diluted earnings per share 
was a decrease of 7.2p and 7.0p per share respectively. The correction further affected some of the amounts disclosed in Note 2, Note 9, Note 11 and 
Note 16. 

The financial statement line items have been restated as follows:

Group Balance Sheet (Extract)

Investments in jointly controlled entities
Net Assets

Retained earnings
Total Equity

Investments in jointly controlled entities
Net Assets

Retained earnings
Total Equity

As previously 
Reported at
1 June 2021

Opening
Balance
Decrease

31,187
144,296

64,441
144,296

(966)
(966)

(966)
(966)

1 June 2021 
(Restated)

30,221
143,330

63,475
143,330

As previously 
Reported at
31 May 2022

Opening
Balance
Decrease

Decrease
in the Period

31 May 2022 
(Restated)

58,383
183,136

102,781
183,136

(966)
(966)

(966)
(966)

(2,321)
(2,321)

(2,321)
(2,321)

55,096
179,849

99,494
179,849

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 202399

Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Extract)

Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)
Profit before Tax

Taxation

Profit from Continuing Operations

Profit for the year from discontinuing operations

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit attributable to:
Equity holders of the company
Non-controlling interest

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity holders of the company
Non-controlling interest

Profit for the year

Group Statement of Changes in Equity (Extract)

As Previously Reported At 1 June 2021
Opening Balance Adjustment

Adjusted Balance at 1 June 2021

Profit/(loss) for the year
As Previously Reported At 31 May 2022
Decrease in the period

Adjusted Balance at 31 May 2022

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year
As Previously Reported At 31 May 2022
Decrease in the period

Adjusted Balance at 31 May 2022

Closing Balance at 31 May 2022
As Previously Reported At 31 May 2022
Opening Balance Adjustment
Decrease in the period

Adjusted Balance at 31 May 2022

As previously 
Reported at
31 May 2022

Decrease in the 
Period

31 May 2022 
(Restated)

28,200
34,481

347

34,828

2,000

36,828

(2,321)
(2,321)

–

(2,321)

–

(2,321)

25,879
32,160

347

32,507

2,000

34,507

44,711

(2,321)

42,390

37,040
(212)

36,828

44,923
(212)

44,711

(2,321)
–

34,719
(212)

(2,321)

34,507

(2,321)
–

42,602
(212)

(2,321)

42,390

Total Parent 
Equity

Non-Controlling 
Interest

Retained 
Earnings

64,441
(966)

144,306
(966)

63,475

143,340

37,040
(2,321)

34,719

37,040
(2,321)

34,719

44,577
(2,321)

44,923
(2,321)

42,256

42,602

102,781
(966)
(2,321)

99,494

183,358
(966)
(2,321)

180,071

(10)
–

(10)

(212)
–

(212)

(212)
–

(212)

(222)
–
–

(222)

Total Equity

144,296
(966)

143,330

36,828
(2,321)

34,507

44,711
(2,321)

42,390

183,136
(966)
(2,321)

179,849

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements100

Alternative Performance Measures Glossary

This report provides alternative performance measures (“APMs”), which are not defined or specified under the requirements of International Financial 
Reporting Standards. The Board believes that these APMs provide readers with important additional information on the business.

Alternative Performance Measure

Definition and Purpose

Underlying Profit before Tax (“UPBT”)

Represents the profit before tax prior to exceptional items, fair value adjustments, impairment and 
amortisation of intangible assets, and, in accordance with International Accounting Standards, includes 
the Group’s share of the post-tax profit of its German joint venture. This measure is consistent with how 
the business measures performance and is reported to the Board.

Profit before tax from continuing operations*
Exceptional items (see Note 5)
Amortisation of intangible assets

Underlying Profit before Tax*

2023
£000

27,155
–
175

27,330

Restated*
2022
£000

32,160
(1,754)
–

30,406

Basic underlying earnings per share

EBITDA

Profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company prior to exceptional items, impairment and 
amortisation of intangible assets and fair value gains on acquisition after tax divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares during the financial year adjusted for the effects of any potentially 
dilutive options. See Note 11.

EBITDA is defined as profit before tax from continuing operations prior to charges for depreciation, 
amortisation and impairment and interest and excludes the share of profit from joint ventures and 
gains and losses on the sale of fixed assets.

Profit before tax from continuing operations*
Depreciation and impairment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Net finance expense / (income)
Share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax)*
Profit on sale of fixed assets

EBITDA

2023
£’000

27,155
14,570
175
953
(16,311)
(4,718)

21,824

Restated* 
2022
£’000

32,160
8,666
–
(53)
(25,879)
(1,298)

13,596

Net Asset Value per share

Represents the Net Asset value of the Group divided by the number of shares in issue less those shares 
held in treasury. Calculated as follows:

Total shares in issue
Less shares in treasury

Shares for calculation

Net Asset Value per Balance Sheet*

Net Asset Value per share*

2023

33,138,756
(611,118)

 Restated* 
2022

33,138,756
(611,118)

32,527,638

32,527,638

£200,991,000

£179,849,000

£6.18

£5.53

*  

 The prior year numbers have been restated following a correction of the allowability of certain expenses for corporate tax in a joint venture for the year ended 31 May 2022 and 
prior years. The net effect of the changes for the year ended 31 May 2022 was a decrease in the opening balance of the investment in joint ventures of £966,000 and a decrease 
in the share of profit in joint ventures (net of tax) of £2,321,000 which has subsequently decreased the closing investment in joint ventures by £3,287,000. Please refer to Note 34.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Notice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc
(incorporated and registered in England and Wales under company number 4952865)

101

NOTICE IS GIVEN that this year’s Annual General Meeting of Hargreaves Services plc (the Company) will be held at Prior’s Hall, Durham 
Cathedral, Durham, DH1 3EH on 25 October 2023 at 11.00am to consider and, if thought fit, approve the following resolutions:

Ordinary Business
1. 

 To adopt and receive the Directors’ Report, the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports, the Audit & Risk 
Committee Report, the Auditor’s Report and the financial statements for the year ended 31 May 2023.

2.   To approve the Directors’ Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports for the year ended 31 May 2023.
3.   To declare a final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2023 of 6 pence per ordinary share to bring the dividend for the year ended 31 May 2023 to a 

total of 9 pence per ordinary share.

4.   To declare an additional dividend of 12 pence per ordinary share in respect of monies to be paid to the Company by Hargreaves Services Europe 

5. 

Limited.
 To re-appoint Christopher Jones as a director of the Company in accordance with article 34 of the Company’s Articles of Association, who offers 
himself for re-appointment.

6.   To re-appoint Roger McDowell a director of the Company in accordance with article 34 of the Company’s Articles of Association, who offers 

7. 

himself for re-appointment.
 To re-appoint Nicholas Mills as a director of the Company in accordance with article 34 of the Company’s Articles of Association, who offers 
himself for re-appointment.

8.   To re-appoint Stephen Craigen as a director of the Company in accordance with article 29.2 of the Company’s Articles of Association, who offers 

9. 

himself for re-appointment.
 To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of this meeting to the conclusion of the 
next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.

11.2. 

10.  To authorise the Audit & Risk Committee of the board of directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors.
11.   To authorise the directors of the Company pursuant to section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) generally and unconditionally to exercise 
all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into such shares in the 
Company (Rights):
11.1. 

 up to an aggregate nominal value of £1,085,067 (representing approximately one-third of the total ordinary share capital in issue (excluding 
shares held in Treasury) as at 4 August 2023); and
 comprising equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,170,133 (after 
deducting from such amount any shares allotted under the authority conferred by virtue of resolution 11.1) in connection with or pursuant 
to an offer or invitation by way of a rights issue (as defined below), provided that such authorities conferred by this resolution 11.1 shall 
expire on the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling six months after the end of 
the Company’s current financial year unless varied, revoked or renewed by the Company in general meeting, save that the Company may 
at any time before such expiry make offers or agreements which would or might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after 
such expiry and the directors may allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to such offers or agreements as if the relevant authorities 
conferred by this resolution 11 had not expired. These authorities shall be in substitution for all previous authorities previously granted to 
the directors to allot shares and grant Rights which are pursuant to this resolution 11 revoked but without prejudice to any allotment or 
grant of Rights made or entered into prior to the date of this resolution 11.

 For the purposes of this resolution 11, rights issue means an offer or invitation to (i) holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as 
may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on the record date for such allotment and (ii) persons who 
are holders of other classes of equity securities if this is required by the rights of such securities (if any) or, if the directors of the Company 
consider necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities, to subscribe for further securities by means of the issue of a 
renounceable letter (or other negotiable instrument) which may be traded for a period before payment for the securities is due, but 
subject in both cases to such exclusions or other arrangements as the directors of the Company may deem necessary or expedient in 
relation to fractional entitlements, treasury shares, record dates or legal, regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under the laws 
of, or the requirements of, any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in any territory or any other matter whatsoever.

12.  Subject to and conditional upon the passing of resolution 11 (and in substitution for all existing like powers granted to the directors of the 

Company (to the extent they remain in force and unexercised)), the directors be and are empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Act 
to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560 of the Act) of the Company for cash pursuant to the authority conferred upon them by 
resolution 11 or where the allotment constitutes an allotment of equity securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Act as if section 561(1) of the 
Act and sub-sections (1) – (6) of section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the 
allotment of equity securities:
12.1. 

 pursuant to the authority conferred upon them by resolution 11.1 or where the allotment constitutes an allotment of equity securities by 
virtue of section 560(3) of the Act as if section 561(1) of the Act and sub-sections (1) – (6) of section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities:
12.1.1.  
12.1.2. 

in connection with or pursuant to an offer of such securities by way of a pre-emptive offer (as defined below); and
 (otherwise than pursuant to resolution 12.1.1) up to an aggregate nominal value of £325,520 (representing approximately 10% of 
the total ordinary share capital in issue (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 4 August 2023); and

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Notice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc
(incorporated and registered in England and Wales under company number 4952865) continued

12.2.   pursuant to the authority conferred upon them by resolution 11.2, in connection with or pursuant to a rights issue, as if section 561(1) of the 
Act and sub-sections (1) – (6) of section 562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, and the powers given shall expire on the earlier 
of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling six months after the end of the Company’s current 
financial year unless renewed or extended prior to such expiry, save that the directors of the Company may before such expiry make offers 
or agreements which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may allot equity securities in 
pursuance of any such offer or agreement as if the power had not expired.

For the purpose of this resolution 12: 

(a) 
(b) 

rights issue has the meaning given in resolution 11; and
 pre-emptive offer means a rights issue, open offer or other pre-emptive issue or offer to (i) holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as 
nearly as may be practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on the record date(s) for such allotment; and 
(ii) persons who are holders of other classes of equity securities if this is required by the rights of such securities (if any) or, if the directors of 
the Company consider necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other 
arrangements as the directors of the Company may deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements, treasury shares, 
record dates or legal, regulatory or practical difficulties which may arise under the laws of, or the requirements of, any recognised regulatory 
body or any stock exchange in any territory or any other matter whatsoever. 

Special Business 
13. To approve amendments to the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme (the Scheme).
14.  The Company be and is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purpose of section 701 of the Act to make market purchases (which in 
this resolution shall have the meaning given to this term in section 693(4) of the Act) of its ordinary shares of 10 pence each in the capital of the 
Company (Ordinary Shares) on the terms set out below: 
14.1 

 the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased by the Company pursuant to this resolution 14 is 4,882,800 
(representing approximately 15% of the total ordinary share capital in issue (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 4 August 2023); and 

14.2  the minimum price which may be paid for each of those Ordinary Shares (exclusive of expenses) is 10 pence; and 
14.3   the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for each of those Ordinary Shares is not more than the higher of (i) 5% above 

the average of the middle market quotations for Ordinary Shares (as derived from the Daily Official Lists of the London Stock Exchange) for 
the five dealing days immediately preceding the date of purchase and (ii) the price stipulated by European Commission-adopted Regulatory 
Technical Standards pursuant to Article 5(6) of the Market Abuse Regulation, but so that this authority shall (unless previously varied, revoked 
or renewed) expire on the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling six months after 
the end of the Company’s current financial year, save that the Company may before the expiry of this authority conclude any contract for the 
purchase of its own shares pursuant to the authority conferred by this resolution 12 which contract would or might be executed wholly or 
partially after the expiration of this authority as if the authority conferred by this resolution 12 had not expired.

8 August 2023 
By order of the Board 

John Samuel 
Company Secretary 

Registered Office: 
West Terrace
Esh Winning 
Durham
DH7 9PT 
Registered in England and Wales No. 4952865 

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
103

Notes 
1. 

 This notice is the formal notification to members of the Company’s Annual General Meeting (the Meeting), its date, time and place and the 
matters to be considered. If you are in doubt as to what action you should take you should consult an independent adviser. 

2.   Resolutions 1 to 11 and resolution 13 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions. A simple majority (being more than 50%) of votes cast must be in 

favour of each such resolution in order for it to be passed.
 Resolutions 12 and 14 will be proposed as special resolutions. A special resolution requires 75% or more of votes cast to be in favour of such 
resolution in order for it to be passed. 
 All business proposed at the Meeting is ordinary business, pursuant to Article 24.1, save for Resolution 14. Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), only those shareholders registered in the register of members of the Company at close 
of business on 23 October 2023 as holders of ordinary shares of 10 pence each in the capital of the Company shall be entitled to attend and vote 
at the Meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at the time. Changes to entries in the register of members after close of 
business on 23 October 2023 shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote at the Meeting.

3.   If you are a member of the Company at the time set out in Note 2 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of your rights to 
attend and to speak and vote on your behalf at the Meeting (although shareholders are expected to be prohibited from attending the Meeting in 
person). You can only appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these notes and the notes to the proxy form. 
 A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to 
a different share or shares held by you. You may not appoint more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. A proxy need not be 
a shareholder of the Company. A proxy form which may be used to make such appointment and give proxy instructions accompanies this notice. 
4.   To be valid any proxy form or other instrument appointing a proxy must be received by post or (during normal business hours only) by hand at 

the office of the Registrars of the Company, Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD no later 
than 11.00am on 23 October 2023. 
 The return of a completed proxy form, other such instrument or any CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in Notes 10-13 below) will not in itself 
prevent a shareholder attending the Annual General Meeting and voting in person if he/she wishes to do so. 

5. 

6.   If a member appoints a proxy or proxies and then decides to attend the Annual General Meeting in person and vote using his poll card, then the 

vote in person will override the proxy vote(s). If the vote in person is in respect of the member’s entire holding, then all proxy votes will be 
disregarded. If, however, the member votes at the meeting in respect of less than the member’s entire holding, then if the member indicates on 
his polling card that all proxies are to be disregarded, that shall be the case; but if the member does not specifically revoke proxies, then the vote 
in person will be treated in the same way as if it were the last received proxy and earlier proxies will only be disregarded to the extent that to 
count them would result in the number of votes being cast exceeding the member’s entire holding. If you do not have a proxy form and/or 
believe that you should have one or if you require additional forms, please contact the Registrars of the Company, Neville Registrars Limited, 
Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD. 
 To change your proxy instructions simply submit a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the cut-off time for 
receipt of proxy appointments (see Note 4 above) also applies in relation to amended instructions; any amended proxy appointment received 
after the relevant cut-off time will be disregarded. 

7. 

8.   Where you have appointed a proxy using the hard-copy proxy form and would like to change the instructions using another hard-copy proxy 

9. 

form, please contact Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD. If you submit more than one 
valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. 
 In order to revoke a proxy instruction, you will need to inform the Company by sending a signed hard copy notice clearly stating your intention to 
revoke your proxy appointment to Neville Registrars. In the case of a member which is a company, the revocation notice must be executed under 
its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney for the company. Any power of attorney or any other 
authority under which the revocation notice is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or authority) must be included with the revocation 
notice. The revocation notice must be received by Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 8HD 
no later than 11.00am on 23 October 2023. If you attempt to revoke your proxy appointment but the revocation is received after the time specified 
then, subject to Note 7 above, your appointment will remain valid. 

10.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using the 

procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have 
appointed voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate 
action on their behalf. 

11.   In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy 

Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (Euroclear) specifications, and must contain the 
information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of 
a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received 
by the issuer’s agent (ID 7RA11) by 11.00am on 23 October 2023. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by 
the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to 
CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be 
communicated to the appointee through other means. 

12.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors, or voting service providers should note that Euroclear does not make available 
special procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation to the input of 
CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or 

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements 
 
 
104

Notice of Annual General Meeting – Hargreaves Services plc
(incorporated and registered in England and Wales under company number 4952865) continued

sponsored member, or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such 
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST 
Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. 

13.  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 

Regulations 2001 (as amended). 

14.  If a corporation is a member of the Company, it may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise one or more persons to act as 
its representative or representatives at the Meeting and any such representative or representatives shall be entitled to exercise on behalf of the 
corporation all the powers that the corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. Corporate representatives should 
bring with them either an original or certified copy of the appropriate board resolution or an original letter confirming the appointment, provided 
it is on the corporation’s letterhead and is signed by an authorised signatory and accompanied by evidence of the signatory’s authority. 
15.  As at 4 August 2023 (being the last business day prior to the publication of this Notice) the Company’s issued share capital consisted of 

33,138,756 ordinary shares (586,758 of which are held in Treasury with no voting rights). Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as at 
4 August 2023 was 32,551,998.

16.  The following documents will be available for inspection at the Company’s registered office at West Terrace, Esh Winning, Durham, DH7 9PT 

during normal business hours on any week day (Saturdays and English public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the close of the 
Meeting and at the place of that Meeting for at least 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting: 
• 
• 

copies of the service contracts for the Executive Directors of the Company; and
copies of the letters of appointment of Non-Executive Directors of the Company.

Explanatory Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
The notes on the following pages explain the proposed resolutions. 

Resolution 1: Accounts 
The directors will present their Report, the Directors’ Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports, the Auditor’s Report and the audited 
financial statements for the financial year ended 31 May 2023 to the meeting as required by law. These financial statements on pages 48 to 99 of the 
Company’s Annual Report. 

Resolution 2: Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Shareholders are asked to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 31 May 2023 which is set out in full on pages 36 to 
39 of the Company’s Annual Report. The vote is advisory and the directors’ entitlement to remuneration is not conditional upon this resolution being 
passed. 

Resolution 3: Final Dividend
The Board proposes a dividend for the financial year ended 31 May 2023 of 6 pence per ordinary share. If the meeting approves resolution 3, the 
dividend will be paid on 30 October 2023 to shareholders on the register of members on 22 September 2023.

Resolution 4: Additional Dividend
The Board proposes an additional dividend of 12 pence per ordinary share in respect of monies to be received by the Company from Hargreaves 
Services Europe Limited. If the meeting approves resolution 4, the additional dividend will be paid on 30 October 2023 to shareholders on the register 
of members on 22 September 2023.

Resolutions 5, 6 and 7: Re-appointment of Directors 
At each Annual General Meeting one-third of the directors for the time being (other than those appointed since the last Annual General Meeting) are 
required to retire. If the number of relevant directors is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third of directors, but not less than 
one-third, must retire. Directors due to retire by rotation are those longest in office since their last re-election or re-appointment. A retiring director is 
eligible for re-appointment. Christopher Jones, Roger McDowell and Nicholas Mills are offering themselves for re-appointment.

Brief biographical details of Christopher Jones, Roger McDowell and Nicholas Mills are set out on pages 24 and 25 of this document.

Resolution 8: Appointment of Director
As Stephen Craigen was appointed to the Board on 1 August 2023, a date subsequent to the date of the last Annual General Meeting, he is required 
by the Company’s articles of association to be re-appointed at this year’s Annual General Meeting. Accordingly, the directors recommend that 
Stephen Craigen be re-appointed as a director and resolution 8 proposes his re-appointment.

Brief biographical details of Stephen Craigen are set out on page 25 of this document.

Resolutions 9 and 10: Re-appointment and Remuneration of Auditors
The Company is required to appoint auditors at each general meeting at which accounts are laid, to hold office until the next general meeting. 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are willing to be re-appointed for a year and resolution 9 proposes their appointment and, in accordance with standard 
practice, resolution 10 authorises the Audit & Risk Committee of the board of directors of the Company to determine the level of the auditors’ 
remuneration.

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023 
 
105

Resolution 11: Renewal of Board’s Authority to Allot Shares 
Resolution 11.1 grants the directors authority to allot relevant ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,085,067 being approximately 
one-third of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 4 August 2023.

In line with guidance issued by the Investment Association, resolution 11.2 grants the directors authority to allot ordinary shares in connection with a 
rights issue up to an aggregate nominal amount of £2,170,133 (representing 21,701,332 ordinary shares of 10 pence each), as reduced by the nominal 
amount of any shares issued under resolution 11.1. This amount, before any such reduction, represents approximately two-thirds of the Company’s 
issued ordinary share capital (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 4 August 2023. Under a rights issue, ordinary shareholders are invited to 
subscribe for further ordinary shares in proportion (as near as is practicable) to their holdings of shares in the Company and, if they accept the 
invitation, their holding of shares is not diluted (and if they decline the offer then they can sell their “rights” in the market for value).

Guidelines issued by the Investment Association provide that an authority for directors to allot new shares up to an amount equal to one-third of the 
existing share capital, such as that granted by resolution 11.1, will be regarded as routine. The Investment Association guidelines also state that an 
authority for directors to allot a further amount equal to one-third of the existing issued share capital, such as that granted by resolution 11.2, will also 
be regarded as routine as long as that additional authorisation applies only to fully pre-emptive rights issues. 

It is not the directors’ current intention to exercise either of these authorities. The authorities granted by resolution 11 replace the existing authorities 
to allot shares.

Resolution 12: Disapplication of Statutory Pre-emption Rights
Resolution 12.1.1 grants the directors power to allot shares without first offering them to existing shareholders in proportion to their existing 
shareholdings, where such offers are made in connection with or pursuant to a pre-emptive offer of shares. 

Resolution 12.1.2 permits the directors to allot shares without first offering them to existing shareholders and otherwise than in connection with a 
pre-emptive offer, but only up to a limit of 10% of the total ordinary share capital. Historically, the Pensions and Lifetime Savings Association (PLSA) 
(previously known as the National Association of Pension Funds) guidelines suggested that AIM companies should be permitted to take authority to 
allot up to 10% of issued share capital for cash on a non pre-emptive basis (which the Company has done each year since joining AIM). The PLSA has 
changed its guidance which now states that the limit should be 5% but that an additional 5% is acceptable provided that the Company confirms that 
it intends to use the additional 5% only in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment which would be announced 
contemporaneously with the issue, or which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the issue. 
Taking note of the PLSA’s guidance, the directors are proposing that the resolution remains unchanged from that passed at last year’s Annual General 
Meeting and in previous years. 

Resolution 12.2 grants the directors power to allot those shares issued further to the powers granted to them under resolution 11.2 without first 
offering them to existing shareholders.

Resolution 13: Approval of amendments to the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option Scheme (the Scheme)
The Board proposes that shareholders approve an amendment to the performance criteria of the Hargreaves Services plc Executive Share Option 
Scheme. The change proposes that the Peer Group Performance Option be replaced with “the EPS Growth Option”. 50% of the options awarded 
under the Executive Share Option Scheme would be dependent on the Group achieving a compound annual growth in Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) of 
between 15% and 30%. EPS in this measurement would exclude any EPS related to the Group’s share of profits from HRMS and would also exclude 
any impact on EPS from the sale of renewable energy land assets. The Company Performance Option will remain unchanged other than the TSR 
growth will be required to be between 25% and 85%. These amendments, if approved, will apply to future options awarded under the scheme.

Resolution 14: Purchase of Own Shares 
Resolution 14 authorises the Company to purchase its own shares (in accordance with section 701 of the Act) during the period from the date of this 
Annual General Meeting until the end of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the expiration of six months after the Company’s 
current financial year end, whichever is the sooner, up to a total of 4,882,800 ordinary shares. This represents approximately 15% of the issued ordinary 
share capital of the Company (excluding shares held in Treasury) as at 4 August 2023. The maximum price payable for a share shall not be more than 
the higher of 5% above the average of the middle market quotations of such shares for the five business days before such purchases and the price 
stipulated in the European Commission-adopted Regulatory Technical Standards pursuant to Article 5(6) of the Market Abuse Regulation (being the 
higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out). 
The minimum price payable for a share will be 10 pence. Companies are permitted to retain any of their own shares which they have purchased as 
treasury shares with a view to possible re-issue at a future date, rather than cancelling them. The Company will consider holding any of its own shares 
that it purchases pursuant to the authority conferred by this resolution as treasury shares. This would give the Company the ability to re-issue treasury 
shares quickly and cost-effectively and would provide the Company with additional flexibility in the management of its capital base.

The directors will consider making use of the renewed authority pursuant to resolution 14 in circumstances which they consider to be in the best 
interests of shareholders generally after taking account of market conditions prevailing at the time, other investment opportunities, appropriate 
gearing levels, the effect on earnings per share and the Company’s overall financial position. No purchases will be made which would effectively alter 
the control of the Company without the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting.

Strategic ReportDirectors’ ReportHargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023Financial Statements106

Shareholder Information

Company Secretary
John Samuel FCA

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Levels 5 and 6
Central Square South
Orchard Street
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE1 3AZ

Bankers
Santander
58/60 Briggate
Leeds
LS1 6AS

Nominated Adviser and Stockbroker
Singer Capital Markets
One Bartholomew Lane
London
EC2N 2AX

Registered Office
West Terrace
Esh Winning
Durham
DH7 9PT

Registrar
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House
Steelpark Road
Halesowen
B62 8HD

Hargreaves Services plc
West Terrace
Esh Winning
Durham DH7 9PT
Tel: 0191 373 4485
Fax: 0191 373 3777

www.hsgplc.co.uk
Company number: 4952865

Hargreaves Services plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023For more information 
Please visit us online at www.hsgplc.co.uk  
for up to date investor information,  
company news and other information.

This publication has been printed on Magno Volume an FSC® certified paper from 
responsible sources, CarbonNeutral® company with FSC® chain of custody and an ISO 
14001 certified environmental management system diverting 100% of dry waste from 
landfill. The paper has been balanced with the World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and 
preservation of high conservation value land.

The outer cover of this report has been laminated with a biodegradable 
film. Around 20 months after composting, an additive within the film will 
initiate the process of oxidation.

Hargreaves Services plc
West Terrace
Esh Winning
Durham DH7 9PT
Tel: 0191 373 4485
Fax: 0191 373 3777

Company number: 4952865

www.hsgplc.co.uk